WO2021013122A1 - 切换的方法和装置 - Google Patents

切换的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021013122A1
WO2021013122A1 PCT/CN2020/102985 CN2020102985W WO2021013122A1 WO 2021013122 A1 WO2021013122 A1 WO 2021013122A1 CN 2020102985 W CN2020102985 W CN 2020102985W WO 2021013122 A1 WO2021013122 A1 WO 2021013122A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
nssai
access network
target access
session
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/102985
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
晋英豪
于海滨
杨晨晨
谭巍
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP20845004.9A priority Critical patent/EP3996417A4/en
Publication of WO2021013122A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021013122A1/zh
Priority to US17/583,752 priority patent/US20220150783A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/13—Cell handover without a predetermined boundary, e.g. virtual cells
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0061—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of neighbour cell information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083—Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/00837—Determination of triggering parameters for hand-off
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/04—Reselecting a cell layer in multi-layered cells
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18—Selecting a network or a communication service
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0022—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection for transferring data sessions between adjacent core network technologies
    • H04W36/00222—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection for transferring data sessions between adjacent core network technologies between different packet switched [PS] network technologies, e.g. transferring data sessions between LTE and WLAN or LTE and 5G
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H04W36/087—Reselecting an access point between radio units of access points
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04—Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/042—Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for handover.
  • NPN non-public network
  • SA standalone
  • NSA non-standalone
  • This application provides a handover method and device, in order to improve the continuity of the session.
  • a handover method including: a core network device receives a handover demand message sent by a source access network device, the handover demand message includes an identifier of the session, and the session is required by the terminal device from the source The access network device switches to the session of the target access network device; the core network device sends a handover request message to the target access network device, and the handover request message includes the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, where the The first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should be provided for the session Service, the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier in the source access network device.
  • the core network device after the core network device receives the handover request message sent by the source access network device, it learns that the session will be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the target access network device The core network device notifies the target access network device of the first S-NSSAI of the network slice that can provide services for the session, so that the first S-NSSAI can be used when the session is switched to the target access network device.
  • -NSSAI corresponding network slicing service, which can improve the continuity of the session.
  • the target access network device determines the network that provides services for the session with the source access network device.
  • the second S-NSSAI of the slice is different from the first S-NSSAI, and the network slice corresponding to the first S-NSSAI provides services for the session when the session is switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, thereby improving the session Continuity.
  • the core network equipment in the embodiments of this application includes core network control plane equipment, which may be the access and mobility management function (AMF) in the core network, or other devices that can implement AMF in this implementation.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the source access network device in the embodiment of the present application refers to a certain access network device serving the terminal device
  • the target access network device refers to the terminal device that is about to switch from the source access network device to
  • the access network equipment referred to as the source access network equipment and the target access network equipment are only from the perspective of terminal equipment and do not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application.
  • the source access network equipment can be called the first Access network equipment
  • the target access network equipment is the second access network equipment.
  • the network slices supported by the target access network device in the embodiment of the present application include network slices that provide services for sessions in the cell of the source access network device.
  • first S-NSSAI and second S-NSSAI are different S-NSSAIs, which are used to identify different network slices.
  • first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different S-NSSAI and so on.
  • the name of signaling in the embodiments of the present application is not limited.
  • the handover request message, handover request message, etc. above are just a kind of name for signaling, and may also be called other messages.
  • the handover demand message further includes a target identifier
  • the method further includes: the core network device determines the target access network device based on the target identifier; the core network device The first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and a mapping relationship.
  • the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship between NSSAIs; or, the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI, where the network slices in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should be all network slices that need to be accessed from the source
  • the network device switches to the session providing service of the target access network device.
  • the core network device can determine the target access network device based on the target identifier included in the handover request message, and further determine the first S-NSSAI based on the above-mentioned second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship, Among them, the mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device, that is to say, the core network device is the first network slice in the known source access network device. 2.
  • the S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship can determine the first S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device; or,
  • the core network device can directly determine the first S-NSSAI without having to base on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship.
  • the target access network device is all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice that provides the service is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device receives the handover request message from the source access network device, it can learn that it is about to switch from the source access network device to the target access network.
  • the session of the terminal device of the device will be served by the S-NSSAI in the target access network device as the network slicing service of the first S-NSSAI.
  • the above target identifier may be the identifier of the target access network device, for example, the target identifier is the global network device identifier of the target access network device, or the target identifier may also be the cell identifier, for example, the target identifier is that the terminal device will switch to Based on the identity of the cell, the target access network device can also be determined.
  • the method further includes: the core network device receives the The handover demand message sent by the source access network device includes the second S-NSSAI; or the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier.
  • the core network device can learn the second S-NSSAI because the handover request message sent by the source access network device includes the second S-NSSAI, or the handover request message is not included.
  • the second S-NSSAI is included and the session identifier is included, and the core network device determines the corresponding relationship between the session identifier included in the handover request message and the session identifier and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device
  • the second S-NSSAI is released to provide a flexible solution for the core network equipment to learn the second S-NSSAI.
  • the method further includes: the core network device sends an identifier of the session to the network slice selection device, where the session identifier is used to instruct the network slice selection device to determine the The second S-NSSAI; the core network device receives the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device, and the first S-NSSAI is determined by the network slice selection device based on the second S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device can learn that the first S-NSSAI may be received from the network slice selection device.
  • the network slice selection device can determine the first S-NSSAI It may be that the core network device sends the identifier of the aforementioned session to the network slice selection device, and the network slice selection device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the correspondence between the session identifier and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device.
  • the NSSAI determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI, and sends the determined first S-NSSAI to the core network device to provide a flexible solution for the core network device to learn the first S-NSSAI.
  • the network slice selection device in the embodiment of the present application may be a network slice selection function (NSSF) in the core network, or other devices that can implement the function of the NSSF in this embodiment.
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • the network slice selection device in the embodiment of the present application can determine the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI may be similar to the core network device determining the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI, for example, based on The second S-NSSAI and the foregoing mapping relationship determine the first S-NSSAI, or the network slice selection device knows that one of the target access network devices can be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device There is only one network slice that provides services for the session, and the S-NSSAI of this network slice is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the method for handover further includes: the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier; and the core network device sends to the network slice selection device The second S-NSSAI is the same; the core network device receives the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device.
  • the core network device can learn that the first S-NSSAI may be received from the network slice selection device. Specifically, the network slice selection device can determine the first S-NSSAI It may be that the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier, and sends the above-mentioned second S-NSSAI to the network slice selection device, and the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI. The determined first S-NSSAI is sent to the core network device to provide a flexible solution for the core network device to learn the first S-NSSAI.
  • the method further includes: the core network device receives an interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface The establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device Correspondence between S-NSSAI of network slices in
  • the core network device can learn that there is a first S- in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • NSSAI or, the core network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network devices to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI May be that the core network device receives the interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the core network device can learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and multiple network slices in the target access network device S-NSSAI provides feasible solutions.
  • the method further includes: the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, where the target interface corresponding to the first S-NSSAI The network slicing in the network access device should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the core network device determines the mapping relationship and the target access network device based on a preset strategy The S-NSSAI of the network slice in the S-NSSAI, where the mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the core network device can learn that there is a first S- in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • NSSAI or, the core network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network devices to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI May be determined by the core network device based on a preset strategy, and provide a feasible solution for the core network device to learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device .
  • the method further includes: the core network device sends an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S- NSSAI, or, the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the core network device determines the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device,
  • the establishment response message is sent to the target access network device via the interface.
  • the method before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device accesses from the target access network device The network device switches to the source access network device; the switching request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is when the session is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device , The S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the above session in the target access network device is the third S-NSSAI, then
  • the source access network device can include the third S-NSSAI in the handover request message, so that the core network device can directly determine the second Three network slices corresponding to S-NSSAI provide services for the above-mentioned sessions.
  • the handover demand message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target The handover type of the access network device.
  • the handover demand message may include first indication information indicating the handover type, so that the core network device can learn the handover type of the cell handover currently occurring.
  • the handover type may be switching from the standalone network NSA non-public network NPN to the land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, the handover type may be switching from the PLMN to the land public mobile communication network NSA NPN.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device may include the second S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the above-mentioned session in the source access network device and notify the target access network device in the handover request message, so that The target access network device can learn the second S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device learns the second S-NSSAI
  • the target The access network device may notify the core network device of the second S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the core network device may include the second indication information indicating that the handover request comes from the source access network device in the handover request message to notify the target access network device, so that the target access network device The device learns that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, The target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of this application switches from the NSA NPN cell in the source access network device to the target access network device PLMN cell.
  • a handover method which includes: a source access network device sends a handover demand message to a core network device, the handover demand message includes an identifier of the session, wherein the session is the terminal device’s need to connect from the source
  • the network access device switches to the session of the target access network device, and the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device that serves the session;
  • the source access network device receives a handover command message sent by the core network device, where the handover command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, in the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the source access network device after the source access network device determines that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, the source access network device sends a handover request message to the core network device, and then The handover request message includes the session identifier, the second S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S-NSSAI of the network slice that serves the session in the source access network device, and the target access network device is the session
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice that provides the service is the first S-NSSAI, and the first S-NSSAI is different from the second S-NSSAI, so that when the session is switched to the target access network device, the first S-NSSAI can correspond to Network slicing service, which can improve the continuity of the conversation.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message sent by the source access network device to the core network device may include the aforementioned second S-NSSAI, Provide a feasible solution for the core network equipment to learn the second S-NSSAI.
  • the handover demand message further includes a target identifier.
  • the target identifier is used to identify the target access network device.
  • the method before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device accesses from the target access network device The network device switches to the source access network device; the switching request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is when the session is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device , The S-NSSA of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the above session in the target access network device is the third S-NSSAI, then
  • the source access network device can include the third S-NSSAI in the handover request message, so that the core network device can directly determine the second Three network slices corresponding to S-NSSAI provide services for the above-mentioned sessions.
  • the handover demand message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target The handover type of the access network device.
  • the handover demand message may include first indication information indicating the handover type, so that the core network device can learn the handover type of the cell handover currently occurring.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, The target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • a handover method including: a target access network device receives a handover request message sent by a core network device, the handover request message includes a first S-NSSAI, where the first S-NSSAI is based on The second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device are determined, the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session, and the second S-NSSAI NSSAI is the S-NSSAI corresponding to the identity of the session in the source access network device, and the session is the session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device; the target access network device sends The core network device sends a handover response message, where the handover response message is used to indicate that the terminal device can switch to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device receives a handover request message sent by the core network device.
  • the handover request message includes the first S-NSSAI, so that the target access network device determines the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI serves the network slice of the first S-NSSAI for the session, so that when the session is switched to the target access network device, the network slice corresponding to the first S-NSSAI can be served, thereby improving the continuity of the session.
  • a handover method further includes: the target access network device receives configuration information sent by the management device, and the configuration information includes the second An S-NSSAI, wherein the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, The target access network device receives the configuration information sent by the management device, and the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is in the source access network device The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn that there is a first network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI or the target access network device can learn the foregoing mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI can be that the target access network device receives the configuration information sent by the management device, so that the target access network device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device S-NSSAI for network slicing provides a feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device sends an interface establishment request message to the core network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S- NSSAI, or the interface establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device, it can use the interface
  • the establishment request message is sent to the core network device.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device receives an interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, and the interface establishment response message includes the first S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the target The access network device receives the interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, and the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the source connection Correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network access device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn that there is a first network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI or the target access network device can learn the foregoing mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI may be that the target access network device receives the interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, so that the target access network device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and the target access network device S-NSSAI of multiple network slices provides a feasible solution.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSA.
  • the core network device may include the second S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the above-mentioned session in the source access network device and notify the target access network device in the handover request message, so that The target access network device can learn the second S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the core network device may include the second indication information indicating that the handover request comes from the source access network device in the handover request message to notify the target access network device, so that the target access network device is notified
  • the network access device learns that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, The target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • a communication method including: a management device determines a first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI is required The session that switches from the source access network device to the target access network device provides services, or the management device determines the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the Correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the management device can learn, based on a preset strategy, that the target access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the first S-NSSAI, or the management device can learn the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device based on a preset strategy, so that the management device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or,
  • the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device provide a feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the management device sends configuration information to the target access network device, where the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, or the configuration information Includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the management device determines the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device, it can be configured
  • the information is sent to the target access network device.
  • a handover method including: a network slice selection device receives second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI sent by a core network device, where the second S-NSSAI is the source interface corresponding to the session identifier
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network access device, the session is the session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device;
  • the network slice selection device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI
  • An S-NSSAI the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session; the network slice selection device sends the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the core network device can learn that the first S-NSSAI may be received from the network slice selection device. Specifically, the network slice selection device can determine the first S-NSSAI It may be that the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier, and sends the above-mentioned second S-NSSAI to the network slice selection device, and the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI. The determined first S-NSSAI is sent to the core network device to provide a flexible solution for the core network device to learn the first S-NSSAI.
  • a handover method including: a network slice selection device receives a session identifier sent by a core network device, and the session is a session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the network slice selection device determines the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI based on the session identifier, where the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device corresponding to the session identifier;
  • the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI, and the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session; the network slice selection device
  • the core network device sends the first S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device can learn that the first S-NSSAI may be received from the network slice selection device.
  • the network slice selection device can determine the first S-NSSAI It may be that the core network device sends the identifier of the aforementioned session to the network slice selection device, and the network slice selection device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the correspondence between the session identifier and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device.
  • the NSSAI determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI, and sends the determined first S-NSSAI to the core network device to provide a flexible solution for the core network device to learn the first S-NSSAI.
  • a handover method which includes: a target access network device receives a handover request message sent by a source access network device, where the handover request message includes an identifier of the session, wherein the session is required by the terminal device
  • the source access network device switches to the session of the target access network device; the target access network device determines the first based on the second S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier and the network slice supported by the target access network device S-NSSAI, the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session, and the second S-NSSAI is the S corresponding to the session identifier in the source access network device -NSSAI; the target access network device sends a path transfer request message to the core network device, and the path transfer request message includes the first S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device after the target access network device receives the handover request message sent by the source access network device, it learns that the session will be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the target access network device
  • the network slice in the device provides services, and the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI of the network slice that can provide services for the session, so that the first S-NSSAI can be used when the session is switched to the target access network device
  • the network slicing service can improve the continuity of the conversation.
  • the path transfer request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device may include the second S-NSSAI in the path transfer request message and notify the core network device, so that the core network device can learn that the source access network device is the aforementioned session S-NSSAI for network slices that provide services.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and a mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship is the The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device; or, the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI,
  • the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the above-mentioned second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship is the source access network device and the target access network device
  • the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network that is to say, the second S-NSSAI of the network slice of the target access network device in the known source access network device and the mapping relationship can determine the target access network device The first S-NSSAI in the network slice.
  • the target access network device can directly determine the first S-NSSAI without having to base on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship.
  • the target access network device is all devices that need to switch from the source access network to the target access
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice served by the session of the network device is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device receives the handover request message from the source access network device, it can know that it is about to access the network device from the source.
  • the session of the terminal device switched to the target access network device will be served by the S-NSSAI in the target access network device as the network slicing service of the first S-NSSAI.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device receives configuration information sent by the management device, the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the The network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the target access network device receives management
  • the configuration information sent by the device, the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAIs of the network slices in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn that there is a first network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI or the target access network device can learn the foregoing mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI can be that the target access network device receives the configuration information sent by the management device, so that the target access network device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device S-NSSAI for network slicing provides a feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device receives an interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, and the interface establishment response message includes the first S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface The establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device Correspondence between S-NSSAI of network slices in
  • the target access network device can learn that there is a first network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI or the target access network device can learn the foregoing mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI may be that the target access network device receives the interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, so that the target access network device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and the target access network device S-NSSAI of multiple network slices provides a feasible solution.
  • the method before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device accesses from the target access network device The network device switches to the source access network device; the path transfer request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is a situation in which the session is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device Next, the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device may include the third S-NSSAI in the path transfer request message.
  • the path transfer request message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the The handover type of the target access network device.
  • the path transfer request message may include first indication information indicating the handover type, so that the core network device can learn the handover type of the cell handover currently occurring.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, The target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • a handover method which includes: a source access network device sends a handover request message to a target access network device, the handover request message includes a session identifier, wherein the session is required by the terminal device from the The source access network device switches to the session of the target access network device, and the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S- of the network slice in the source access network device that serves the session.
  • the source access network device receives a handover request response message sent by the target access network device, and the handover request response message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, the The S-NSSAI of the network slice that serves the session in the target access network device is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the source access network device after the source access network device determines that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, the source access network device sends a switching request message to the target access network device, And the handover request message includes the session identifier, the second S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session in the source access network device, and the second S-NSSAI in the target access network device is The S-NSSAI of the network slice served by the session is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the first S-NSSAI is different from the second S-NSSAI, so that the first S-NSSAI can be used when the session is switched to the target access network device.
  • the corresponding network slicing service can improve the continuity of the session.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message sent by the source access network device to the target access network device may include the aforementioned second S-NSSAI.
  • S-NSSAI provides a feasible solution for the target access network device to learn the second S-NSSAI.
  • the method before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device accesses from the target access network device The network device switches to the source access network device; the switch request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is the case when the session is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device , The S-NSSA of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the above session in the target access network device is the third S-NSSAI, then
  • the source access network device can include the third S-NSSAI in the handover request message so that the target access network device can directly determine The network slice corresponding to the third S-NSSAI provides services for the aforementioned session.
  • the handover request message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target The handover type of the access network device.
  • the handover request message may include first indication information indicating the handover type, so that the target access network device can learn the handover type of the cell handover currently occurring.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, The target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • a handover method including: a core network device receives a path transfer request message sent by a target access network device, where the path transfer request message includes a first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI Determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session, and the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device corresponding to the identity of the session, and the session is a session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device; the core The network device sends a path transfer request response message to the target access network device, where the path transfer request response message is used to instruct the core network device to learn that the downlink transmission path has changed.
  • the core network device receives the path transfer request message sent by the target access network device, and knows that the session will be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the target access network device
  • the network slicing in the S-NSSAI provides services, and the network slicing service corresponding to the first S-NSSAI can be used when the session is switched to the target access network device, thereby improving the continuity of the session.
  • the path transfer request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the path transfer request message sent by the target access network device to the core network device may include the above-mentioned second S-NSSAI , Provide a feasible solution for core network equipment to learn the second S-NSSAI.
  • the method further includes: the core network device receives an interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface The establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device Correspondence between S-NSSAI of network slices in
  • the core network device can learn that there is a first S- in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • NSSAI or, the core network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network devices to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI May be that the core network device receives the interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the core network device can learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and multiple network slices in the target access network device S-NSSAI provides feasible solutions.
  • the method further includes: the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, wherein the target interface corresponding to the first S-NSSAI The network slicing in the network access device should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the core network device determines the mapping relationship and the target access network device based on a preset strategy The S-NSSAI of the network slice in the S-NSSAI, where the mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the core network device can learn that there is a first S- in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • NSSAI or, the core network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network devices to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI May be determined by the core network device based on a preset strategy, and provide a feasible solution for the core network device to learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device .
  • the method further includes: the core network device sends an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S- NSSAI, or, the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the core network device determines the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device,
  • the establishment response message is sent to the target access network device via the interface.
  • the path transfer request message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request is from the first network device.
  • the target access network device may include the second indication information indicating that the handover request comes from the source access network device in the handover request message to notify the core network device, so that the core network device knows The handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, The target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • a communication method including: a management device determines a first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, wherein the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI is required The session that switches from the source access network device to the target access network device provides services, or the management device determines the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the Correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the management device can learn, based on a preset strategy, that the target access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the first S-NSSAI, or the management device can learn the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device based on a preset strategy, so that the management device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or,
  • the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device provide a feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the management device sends configuration information to the target access network device, the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, or the configuration information Includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the management device determines the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device, it can be configured
  • the information is sent to the target access network device.
  • a handover method including: a core network device receives an interface establishment request message sent by a target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, The network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface establishment request message Includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the network in the target access network device Correspondence between sliced S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device can learn that there is a first S- in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • NSSAI or, the core network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network devices to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI May be that the core network device receives the interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the core network device can learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and multiple network slices in the target access network device S-NSSAI provides feasible solutions.
  • a handover method including: a target access network device receives configuration information sent by a management device, the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI corresponds to The network slice in the target access network device should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the target access network device receives configuration information sent by the management device, and
  • the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI in the target access network device The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice.
  • the target access network device can learn that there is a first network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI or the target access network device can learn the foregoing mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI can be that the target access network device receives the configuration information sent by the management device, so that the target access network device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device S-NSSAI for network slicing provides a feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device sends an interface establishment request message to the core network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S -NSSAI, or the interface establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device, it can use the interface
  • the establishment request message is sent to the core network device.
  • a communication method including: a management device determines the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, where the network in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI Slicing provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, or the management device determines the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the The mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the management device can learn, based on a preset strategy, that the target access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the first S-NSSAI, or the management device can learn the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device based on a preset strategy, so that the management device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or,
  • the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device provide a feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the management device sends configuration information to the target access network device, and the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, or the The configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the management device determines the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI based on a preset policy, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device, it can be configured
  • the information is sent to the target access network device.
  • a communication method including: a core network device determines the first S-NSSAI, wherein the network slices in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI are all required from the source The access network device switches to the session of the target access network device to provide services; or, the core network device determines the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the source interface Correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network access device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the core network device can learn, based on a preset strategy, that there is a network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • An S-NSSAI or, the core network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network device to provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI can be determined by the core network device based on a preset policy, and it can be provided for the core network device to learn the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device A feasible solution.
  • the method further includes: the core network device sends an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S-NSSAI, or the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the core network device determines the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, or after the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of multiple network slices in the target access network device, it can be passed
  • the interface establishment response message is sent to the target access network device.
  • a communication method including: a target access network device receives an interface establishment response message sent by a core network device, the interface establishment response message includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI -The network slice in the target access network device corresponding to NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the target access network device receives the core network device
  • the sent interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device -The correspondence between the NSSAI and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn that the target access network device has the first network slice that provides services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • -NSSAI or the target access network device can learn the above-mentioned mapping relationship and multiple of the target access network devices are network slices that provide services for sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device
  • S-NSSAI can be that the target access network device receives the interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, so that the target access network device can learn the first S-NSSAI, or the mapping relationship and the target access network device S-NSSAI with multiple network slices provides a feasible solution.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit, configured to receive a handover demand message sent by a source access network device, the handover demand message including a session identifier, wherein the session is required by the terminal device A session that switches from the source access network device to the target access network device; the sending unit is configured to send a switching request message to the target access network device, the switching request message including the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI , Wherein the first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI To provide services for the session, the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier in the source access network device.
  • the device further includes: a processing unit configured to determine the target access network device based on the target identifier; the processing unit is based on the second S-NSSAI And a mapping relationship to determine the first S-NSSAI, where the mapping relationship is the correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device; Alternatively, the processing unit determines the first S-NSSAI, where the network slices in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should be all the network slices that need to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network The device session provides services.
  • the receiving unit before the processing unit determines the first S-NSSA based on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the source interface
  • the handover demand message sent by the network access device includes the second S-NSSAI; or, the processing unit determines the second S-NSSAI based on the identifier of the session.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send an identifier of the session to the network slice selection device, and the session identifier is used to instruct the network slice selection device to determine the The second S-NSSAI; the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device, and the first S-NSSAI is determined by the network slice selection device based on the second S-NSSAI.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier; the sending unit is further configured to select a device from the network slice The second S-NSSAI is sent; the core network device receives the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface The establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device Correspondence between S-NSSAI of network slices in
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, where the target interface corresponding to the first S-NSSAI
  • the network slice in the network access device should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the processing unit is also used to determine the mapping relationship and the target access network device based on a preset strategy.
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network access device, where the mapping relationship is between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device Correspondence.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S- NSSAI, or, the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the apparatus before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the apparatus further includes: the terminal device switches from the target access network device The access network device switches to the source access network device; the handover request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is for the session to switch from the target access network device to the source access network device In this case, the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device.
  • the handover demand message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to The handover type of the target access network device.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; Or, the target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • the switching device provided in the sixteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the core network device in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the handover device includes the steps or functions corresponding to the steps or functions described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the means may be the core network equipment or the core in the first aspect. Chips or functional modules inside network equipment.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a sending unit, configured to send a handover demand message to a core network device, the handover demand message including a session identifier, where the session is a terminal device’s need to receive from the source
  • the network access device switches to the session of the target access network device, and the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device that serves the session;
  • the source access network device receives a handover command message sent by the core network device, where the handover command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, in the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the apparatus before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the apparatus further includes: the terminal device switches from the target access network device The access network device switches to the source access network device; the handover request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is for the session to switch from the target access network device to the source access network device In this case, the S-NSSA of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device.
  • the handover demand message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to The handover type of the target access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; Or, the target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • the switching device provided in the seventeenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the source access network device in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the device for handover includes the means for executing the steps or functions described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the source access network device in the second aspect. Or the chip or functional module inside the source access network device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit configured to receive a handover request message sent by a core network device, where the handover request message includes a first S-NSSAI, where the first S-NSSAI is Determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide service for the session I, and the second S-NSSAI -NSSAI is the S-NSSAI corresponding to the ID of the session in the source access network device, and the session is the session of the terminal device that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; the sending unit is used to send The core network device sends a handover response message, where the handover response message is used to indicate that the terminal device can switch to the target access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive configuration information sent by the management device, and the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI The network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the receiving unit is also used to receive the management device
  • the sent configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI The correspondence between the S-NSSAIs of the network slices in the target access network device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send an interface establishment request message to the core network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S-NSSAI, Alternatively, the interface establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, and the interface establishment response message includes the first S-NSSAI , Wherein the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the receiving unit, It is also used to receive an interface establishment response message sent by the core network device.
  • the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the source access Correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSA.
  • the handover request message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; Or, the target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • the switching device provided in the eighteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the target access network device in the third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the handover device includes the steps or functions corresponding to the steps or functions described in the third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect.
  • the means may be the target access network equipment in the third aspect. Or the chip or functional module inside the target access network device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a processing unit, configured to determine the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, wherein the target interface corresponding to the first S-NSSAI
  • the network slice in the network access device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, or the processing unit is used to determine the mapping relationship and the target access network based on a preset strategy
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the device where the mapping relationship is the correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device .
  • the device further includes: a sending unit, configured to send configuration information to a target access network device, the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, Alternatively, the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the communication device provided in the nineteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the management device in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the device for switching includes the means for executing the steps or functions described in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • the corresponding means can be the management device or the management device in the fourth aspect. Internal chip or functional module.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit, configured to receive second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI sent by a core network device, where the second S-NSSAI corresponds to the session identifier
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device, the session is a session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device;
  • the processing unit is configured to be based on the second S-NSSAI
  • the first S-NSSAI is determined, and the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session;
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the handover device provided in the twentieth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the network slice selection device in the fifth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the means for switching includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the fifth aspect and any possible implementation of the fifth aspect.
  • the means may be the network slice selection device in the fifth aspect or Network slicing selects the chip or functional module inside the device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit, configured to receive a session identifier sent by a core network device, and the session is required by the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access network A session of the device; a processing unit, configured to determine the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI based on the session identifier, where the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device corresponding to the session identifier -NSSAI; the processing unit is further configured to determine the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI, and the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide service for the session; sending unit , Used to send the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the handover device provided in the twenty-first aspect may be used to perform the operation of the network slice selection device in the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the device for handover includes the means for executing the steps or functions described in the sixth aspect and any possible implementation of the sixth aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the network slice selection device or the network slice selection device in the sixth aspect.
  • Network slicing selects the chip or functional module inside the device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit, configured to receive a handover request message sent by a source access network device, the handover request message including an identifier of the session, wherein the session is the terminal device’s A session that needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device; a processing unit, configured to determine the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier and the network slice supported by the target access network device S-NSSAI, the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session, and the second S-NSSAI is the S corresponding to the session identifier in the source access network device -NSSAI; a sending unit, used to send a path transfer request message to the core network device, where the path transfer request message includes the first S-NSSAI.
  • the path transfer request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship is the The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device; or, the processing unit is further configured to determine the first S-NSSAI , Wherein the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive configuration information sent by the management device, and the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the The network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the receiving unit is also used to receive The configuration information sent by the management device, the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device Correspondence with the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an interface establishment response message sent by the core network device, and the interface establishment response message includes the first S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface The establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device Correspondence between S-NSSAI of network slices in
  • the terminal device before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the terminal device switches from the target access network device
  • the device switches to the source access network device;
  • the path transfer request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is when the session is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device ,
  • the path transfer request message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the network from the source The device switches to the switching type of the target access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, the target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • the handover device provided in the twenty-second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-second aspect can be used to execute the operation of the target access network device in the seventh aspect and any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect .
  • the handover device includes the steps or functions corresponding to the steps or functions described in the seventh aspect and any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
  • the means may be the target access network equipment in the seventh aspect. Or the chip or functional module inside the target access network device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a sending unit, configured to send a handover request message to a target access network device, the handover request message including a session identifier, where the session is required by the terminal device The session is switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S of the network slice in the source access network device that serves the session.
  • a receiving unit for receiving a handover request response message sent by the target access network device, where the handover request response message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, the The S-NSSAI of the network slice that serves the session in the target access network device is the first S-NSSAI.
  • the handover request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the terminal device switches from the target access network device
  • the device switches to the source access network device;
  • the switch request message also includes a third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is the case where the session is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device,
  • the handover request message further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the network device from the source Switch to the handover type of the target access network device.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, the target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-third aspect can be used to perform the operation of the source access network device in the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect .
  • the handover device includes the steps or functions corresponding to the steps or functions described in the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manners of the eighth aspect.
  • the means may be the source access network device in the eighth aspect. Or the chip or functional module inside the source access network device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit configured to receive a path transfer request message sent by a target access network device, the path transfer request message including a first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI An S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should serve the session ,
  • the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device corresponding to the session identifier, and the session is the terminal device that needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device Session; sending unit, used to send a path transfer request response message to the target access network device, the path transfer request response message is used to indicate that the downlink transmission path has changed.
  • the path transfer request message further includes the second S-NSSAI.
  • the device further includes: the receiving unit is further configured to receive an interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device, and the interface establishment request The message includes the first S-NSSAI, where the network slices in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should be all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device Provide services; or, the interface establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device Correspondence with the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the device further includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the first S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, wherein the first S-NSSAI The corresponding network slice in the target access network device should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the processing unit is configured to determine the mapping relationship based on a preset strategy And the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device. Correspondence between NSSAI.
  • the device further includes: the sending unit is further configured to send an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, and the interface establishment request message
  • the first S-NSSAI is included in the S-NSSAI, or the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the path transfer request message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request comes from the first network. equipment.
  • the source access network device supports non-independent networking NSA non-public network NPN, and the target access network device supports land public mobile communication network PLMN; or, the target access network device supports NSA NPN, and the source access network device supports PLMN.
  • one of the above-mentioned source access network equipment and target access network equipment supports NSA NPN, and the other supports PLMN. That is to say, the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application is in NSA NPN cell and PLMN cell Switch between.
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-fourth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-fourth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the core network device in the ninth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect.
  • the device for handover includes the means for executing the steps or functions described in the ninth aspect and any possible implementation of the ninth aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the core network equipment or core in the ninth aspect. Chips or functional modules inside network equipment.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a processing unit, configured to determine the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, wherein the first S-NSSAI corresponds to the target
  • the network slice in the access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, or the processing unit is used to determine the mapping relationship and the target access based on a preset strategy
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network device where the mapping relationship is the correspondence between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device relationship.
  • the device further includes: a sending unit, configured to send configuration information to the target access network device, the configuration information including the first S- NSSAI, or, the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-fifth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-fifth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the management device in the tenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect.
  • the switching device includes the means for executing the steps or functions described in the tenth aspect and any possible implementation of the tenth aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the management device or the management device in the tenth aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit, configured to receive an interface establishment request message sent by a target access network device, the interface establishment request message including the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S -NSSAI, where the network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI should provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the interface
  • the establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the target access network device Correspondence between S-NSSAI of network slices in
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-sixth aspect and any possible implementation of the twenty-sixth aspect can be used to perform the operation of the core network device in the eleventh aspect and any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect .
  • the handover device includes means for executing the steps or functions described in any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect and any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the core network in the eleventh aspect. Chips or functional modules inside equipment or core network equipment.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit, configured to receive configuration information sent by a management device, the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI corresponds to The network slice in the target access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the receiving unit is configured to receive configuration information sent by the management device, and
  • the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI in the target access network device The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice.
  • the apparatus further includes: a sending unit, configured to send an interface establishment request message to the core network device, and the interface establishment request message includes the first S-NSSAI, or the interface establishment request message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-seventh aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-seventh aspect can be used to execute the target access network equipment in the twelfth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect Operation.
  • the means for switching includes means for executing the steps or functions described in the twelfth aspect and any possible implementation of the twelfth aspect.
  • the means may be the target interface in the twelfth aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a device for handover including: a processing unit, configured to determine the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, wherein the first S-NSSAI corresponds to The network slice in the target access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, or the processing unit is configured to determine the mapping relationship and the target based on a preset strategy The S-NSSAI of the network slice in the access network device, where the mapping relationship is between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device The corresponding relationship.
  • the apparatus further includes: a sending unit, configured to send configuration information to the target access network device, where the configuration information includes the first S- NSSAI, or, the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-eighth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the management device in the thirteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the device for switching includes the means for performing the steps or functions described in the thirteenth aspect and any possible implementation of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the management device in the thirteenth aspect. Or manage the chip or functional module inside the device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a processing unit, configured to determine the first S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, wherein the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI The network slicing of the source access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the processing unit is used to determine the mapping relationship and the network slice in the target access network device based on a preset strategy S-NSSAI, where the mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the device further includes: a sending unit, configured to send an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, where the interface establishment request message includes The first S-NSSAI or the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • a sending unit configured to send an interface establishment response message to the target access network device, where the interface establishment request message includes The first S-NSSAI or the interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the switching device provided in the twenty-ninth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twenty-ninth aspect can be used to perform the operation of the core network device in the fourteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect .
  • the device for handover includes means for executing the steps or functions described in the fourteenth aspect and any possible implementation of the fourteenth aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the core network in the fourteenth aspect. Chips or functional modules inside equipment or core network equipment.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a handover device including: a receiving unit configured to receive an interface establishment response message sent by a core network device, the interface establishment response message includes the first S-NSSAI, wherein the first S-NSSAI The network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the S-NSSAI provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device; or, the receiving unit is configured to receive the core network device
  • the sent interface establishment response message includes the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device, where the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device -The correspondence between the NSSAI and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the switching device provided in the thirtieth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the thirtieth aspect can be used to perform the operation of the target access network device in the fifteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect .
  • the means for switching includes means for executing the steps or functions described in the fifteenth aspect and any possible implementation of the fifteenth aspect.
  • the means can be the target interface in the fifteenth aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the transceiver is used to execute any one of the first to fifteenth aspects.
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the switching method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to fifteenth aspects .
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the transceiver includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory so that the communication device executes the first aspect, the ninth aspect, the eleventh aspect, and the The fourteenth aspect and the method in any possible implementation of the first, ninth, eleventh and fourteenth aspects.
  • a communication device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the second and eighth aspects, as well as the second and third aspects.
  • the method in any possible implementation of the eight aspects.
  • a communication device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the third aspect, the seventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, and the The fifteenth aspect and the method in any possible implementation of the third, seventh, twelfth and fifteenth aspects.
  • a communication device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the fourth, tenth, and thirteenth aspects, and The method in any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the tenth aspect, and the thirteenth aspect.
  • a communication device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the fifth and sixth aspects, as well as the fifth and third aspects.
  • the method in any possible implementation of the six aspects.
  • a system in a thirty-second aspect, includes the switching device provided in the sixteenth aspect to the thirtieth aspect.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first to fifteenth aspects above Any one of the possible implementation methods.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, which causes the computer to execute the first to tenth Any one of the five possible implementation methods.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a chip system including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a communication device equipped with the chip system Perform the method in any one of the possible implementations of the first to fifteenth aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 to which the switching method according to the embodiment of the present application can be applied.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an S-NSSAI.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a handover method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart for exchanging network slice information between access network devices provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for a core network device to learn a first S-NSSAI or a mapping relationship according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for a core network device to learn a first S-NSSAI or a mapping relationship according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another handover method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a handover device 800 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a core network device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the switching device 1000 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a source access network device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the switching device 1200 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a target access network device 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a handover device 1400 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a management device 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a handover device 1600 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a network slice selection device 1700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • UMTS time division duplex
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G future 5th generation
  • NSA non-standalone
  • SA standalone
  • SA future communication systems
  • the communication system can also be a public land mobile communication network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, and a device-to-device (D2D) communication system.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • D2D device-to-device
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, relay station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal , Wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud-side interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device can also be a user device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to realize human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network of interconnection of things.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving of the terminal through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiving function used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access Point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR, system GNB, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, such
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements part of the functions of gNB
  • DU implements part of the functions of gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • this application mainly involves access network equipment, which may be a network equipment in an NR system or a network equipment in an LTE system.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 to which the switching method according to the embodiment of the present application can be applied.
  • the schematic diagram includes core network equipment, first access network equipment, second access network equipment, and terminal equipment.
  • the handover method in the embodiment of this application mainly involves the access and mobility management function (AMF) network element in the core network.
  • the AMF network element can provide terminal equipment with functions such as mobility management.
  • AMF mobility management function
  • the network element can also be called AMF.
  • the handover method in the embodiment of this application can be applied to the handover between the NPN cell and the PLMN cell of the terminal equipment under the NSA network architecture.
  • the access network equipment can be the access network equipment in the NPN cell
  • the second access network equipment can be the access network equipment in the PLMN cell.
  • the first in Figure 1 One access network device may be an access network device in a PLMN cell
  • the second access network device may be an access network device in an NPN cell.
  • the radio access network equipment in this application may include a network equipment in a 5G communication system or a network equipment in an LTE communication system, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG 1 there is an interface between the AMF and the access network device, such as an N2 interface, an NG interface or other interfaces, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 1 is only a scene diagram in which the handover method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of the present application.
  • the handover method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a terminal device from a PLMN. In the scenario where the cell is handed over to the NPN cell, or the terminal device is handed over from the NPN cell to the PLMN cell, it will not be listed here.
  • the first access network device in Figure 1 can support both NPN cells and PLMN cells, and similarly, the second access network device can also support both NPN cells and PLMN cells.
  • the terminal device When switching from the first access network device to the second access network device, this application mainly involves the terminal device switching between the NPN cell and the PLMN cell.
  • the handover involved in this application refers to the handover of a terminal device from one access network device to another access network device, and it is from an NPN cell in an access network device Switch to a PLMN cell in another access network device, or switch from a PLMN cell in one access network device to an NPN cell in another access network device.
  • NSSAI Network slice selection assistance information
  • NSSAI can be a standard-defined information, or a privately defined information within the PLMN.
  • An NSSAI is composed of multiple single network slice selection auxiliary information (single-NSSAI, S-NSSAI), each S-NSSAI can correspond to a specific network slice, and the access network device will initially access the terminal device according to the NSSAI Route to AMF.
  • S-NSSAI is used to identify a network slice (slice).
  • a network slice should be understood and identified with S-NSSAI.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of S-NSSAI, which may consist of two parts:
  • SST Slice/service type
  • SST refers to the functions and services that network slices can provide.
  • SD Network slice differentiator
  • NSI Network slice instances
  • the SST length is one byte and the SD length is three bytes as an example to illustrate the structure of S-NSSAI. It should be understood that Figure 2 only illustrates the structure of S-NSSAI by way of example. The scope of protection does not constitute any limitation.
  • Target ID target ID
  • the target identifier is used to identify the target for the handover (identifies the target for the handover).
  • the target is a target access network device or a target cell.
  • the target identifier can have the following form: network device identifier, such as the global network device identifier (Global eNB-ID) (can also include selected tracking area indication (TAI)); cell identification, such as physical cell ID (physical cell ID, PCI) or global community identification (global community identification, GCI Cell ID); CU identifier; DU identifier, etc.
  • the specific form of the target identifier is not limited, and it may be any identifier that can identify the target access network device or the target cell, which will not be described one by one here.
  • a TA includes one or more cells. If it includes multiple cells, the multiple cells may belong to one network device or multiple network devices.
  • An RA includes one or more TAs. If the terminal device moves out of the coverage area of the RA, the terminal device will trigger the process of updating the registration area.
  • the network slice identification information assigned by the core network to the terminal device when the registration area is updated or the terminal device initially accesses it, indicating the service that the terminal device can initiate in the current registration area, that is, the network slice to which the session that can be initiated belongs can only be allowed in NSSAI.
  • a network device or cell belongs to a closed access group, only registered terminal devices of this closed access group can access the network. In other words, only terminal devices registered in this closed access group can be served by the cell.
  • Different CAGs correspond to different CAG identifiers (identify, ID). It is understandable that for special users, such as emergency call services, if the terminal that initiates the emergency call is not a registered terminal device of this closed access group, it can also access the network. For example, low priority services can be used. Therefore, there is no special restriction.
  • the closed access group in the embodiment of this application is only a reference, which means that only specific users can access the network.
  • the term “closed access group” in the embodiment of this application is just an example and does not constitute the protection scope of this application.
  • the closed access group in the embodiment of the present application may also have other names, for example, a closed subscription group (closed subscription group, CSG), which is not limited here.
  • the network devices in the NPN broadcast the CAG identifier, so that the terminal devices in the non-NPN do not choose to access.
  • the NPN involved in this application refers to the NPN under the NSA architecture. In the following, for the sake of brevity, it is directly described as NPN.
  • a cell is either an NPN cell or a PLMN cell.
  • the S-NSSAI corresponding to NPN is different from the S-NSSAI corresponding to PLMN.
  • the target access network device does not support the slice of the source access network device, it will happen that the terminal device is in the target access network.
  • the session corresponding to the slice in the session conducted by the terminal device will be terminated. For example, if a terminal device switches from network device 1 to network device 2, suppose that network device 1 supports network slices A and B, network device 2 supports network slices B and C, and the terminal device is having two sessions in network device 1.
  • Session 1 and session 2 where session 1 corresponds to network slice A, and session 2 corresponds to network slice B.
  • both session 1 and session 2 need to be switched over, but because Network device 2 does not support network slice A, so for session 1, the existing solution is adopted, and the switching of session 1 will be rejected by network device 2.
  • the network slice corresponding to the NPN is different from the network slice of the operator (PLMN). Therefore, switching from the NPN cell to the PLMN cell may cause the session to be rejected and thus cannot support the continuity of the session.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a handover method.
  • the target network device learns the S that supports the network slice of the session in the source access network device.
  • -NSSAI, and/or, AMF learns the S-NSSAI in the target network device that supports the network slicing of the session in the source access network device.
  • the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target network device, it is the source connection
  • the session in the connected device configures the network slice in the target network device to ensure the continuity of the session.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a handover method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This process involves source access network equipment, target access network equipment, and core network equipment.
  • the source access network device is the access network device that the terminal device is connected to before the cell handover occurs. It can be called the source access network device and the target access network device is the access network device that the terminal device needs to connect after the cell handover occurs.
  • the handover method provided in this application can be applied in the scenario of handover between an NPN cell and a PLMN cell.
  • the foregoing source access network device may be an access network device in an NPN cell
  • the target access network device may be an access network device in a PLMN cell
  • the foregoing target access network device may be an access network device in an NPN cell.
  • the access network equipment and the source access network equipment can be the access network equipment in the PLMN cell, or the source access network equipment supports both NPN and PLMN, and the target access network equipment only supports NPN, or the source access network equipment only supports NPN. Support NPN, the target access network equipment supports both NPN and PLMN.
  • the handover method provided in this application can also be applied to scenarios where dual connections are established. For example, after a terminal device establishes a connection with a source access network device, it needs to establish a connection with the target access network device, optionally the source access
  • the network device can be the access network device in the NPN cell, and the target access network device can be the access network device in the PLMN cell. At this time, some of the sessions in the terminal device need to be switched to the target access network device.
  • the network access device provides services for the session, then during the session switching process, the switching method provided in this application can be used to maintain the continuity of the session.
  • the core network equipment involved in this application includes core network control plane equipment, which may be the AMF in the core network, or other devices that can implement the functions of the AMF in this embodiment.
  • the handover method provided in the embodiments of the present application involves signaling interaction between the source access network device, the target access network device, and the core network device.
  • the signaling between the network device and the terminal device can refer to the existing protocol This application does not involve the improvement of this part, so Figure 3 does not show the terminal equipment.
  • the NPN involved in the embodiments of the present application refers to the NPN under the NSA architecture.
  • the NPN under the NSA architecture may be briefly described as NPN in the method flow described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the switching method includes the following steps:
  • S310 The source access network device sends a handover required (handover required) message to the core network device.
  • the handover request message may include an identifier of the session, where the session is a session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, the terminal device may conduct multiple sessions, and the multiple sessions need to be switched from the service provided by the source access network device to the service provided by the source access network device.
  • the target access network device provides services.
  • the purpose of this application is to facilitate the description of a certain session in the terminal device that needs to be switched as an example.
  • the other sessions of the terminal device are related to the above-mentioned session processing process. Similar, it will not be repeated in this application.
  • the handover demand message also includes a target identifier, which is used to identify the target of the handover.
  • the target identifier is used by the core network device to determine the target access network device.
  • the target identifier is the identifier of the target cell where the terminal device performs cell handover, for example, the target identifier is a physical cell ID, or the target identifier is a global cell ID, or the target identifier is a global network of the target access network device Equipment identification, etc.
  • the method flow described in FIG. 3 further includes S301, where the source access network device determines the target access network device. For example, the source access network device determines the target access network device based on the mapping information. After the target access network device is determined, the source access network device can learn the aforementioned target identifier and include the target identifier in the handover request message Send to the core network device, so that the core network device can determine the target access network device based on the target identifier.
  • the source access network device determines the target access network device based on the mapping information.
  • the source access network device is based on the S-NSSAI of the network slice supported by the source access network device and the target access network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the source access network device and the cell served by the terminal device the S-NSSAI of the network slice corresponding to the current session of the terminal device and the mapping relationship determine whether other network devices support the S-NSSAI of the current network slice.
  • the network slice of the mapping relationship thereby determining which or which network device can be used as the target access network device.
  • Another possible way refers to the mapping relationship between the source access network device based on the S-NSSAI of the network slice supported by the source access network device and the CAG ID of the cell served by the target access network device, and according to The S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship of the current network slice serving the terminal device determine whether the cell served by other network devices belongs to the CAG that satisfies the mapping relationship with the current network slice, so as to determine which or which network device can be the target access network device.
  • Another way refers to the mapping relationship between the CAG ID of the cell served by the source access network device and the network slice supported by the target base station, and the other is determined based on the current CAG ID serving the terminal device and the mapping relationship.
  • the cell served by the network device supports the network slice S-NSSAI that satisfies the mapping relationship, so as to determine which or which network device can be the target access network device.
  • the source access network device is based on the mapping relationship between the network slices supported by the source access network device and the target access network device, and determines the target access based on the network slice corresponding to the current session of the terminal device and the mapping relationship.
  • the handover request message may also include the first S-NSSAI.
  • the mapping of the network slice of the target access network device The relationship is: the network slice corresponding to S-NSSAI#1 is S-NSSAI#A; the network slice corresponding to S-NSSAI#2 is S-NSSAI#B.
  • the source network device determines that the network slice corresponding to PDU session #1 in the cell served by the target network device is S-NSSAI#2;
  • the source access network device is based on the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and determines the target access based on the current CAG ID that serves the terminal device and the mapping relationship. If the first S-NSSAI of the network slice that provides services for the aforementioned session in the network access device, the handover request message also includes the first S-NSSAI, for example, the CAG ID and the network supported by the target access network device.
  • the source network device determines that the network slice corresponding to PDU session #1 in the cell served by the target network device is S-NSSAI #1;
  • the source access network device is based on the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and provides services for the above session according to the CAG ID of the target access network device.
  • the first S-NSSAI of the network slice, the handover request message also includes the first S-NSSAI.
  • the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the network slice supported by the target access network device CAG ID# 1
  • the corresponding network slice is S-NSSAI#A
  • the network slice corresponding to CAG ID#2 is S-NSSAI#B.
  • the source network device determines to switch the terminal's PDU session #1 to the CAG ID# in the target network device 2 (for example, the target cell of handover is CAG ID#2)
  • the source network device determines that the network slice corresponding to PDU session #1 in the cell served by the target network device is S-NSSAI#2.
  • mapping information may be stored in the local storage system of the source access network device, or stored in the cache system of the source access network device; similarly, the foregoing mapping relationship may also be stored in the source access network device.
  • the local storage system of the device or stored in the cache system of the source access network device
  • the foregoing session is a protocol data unit session (protocol data unit session, PDU session), and the identifier of the foregoing session may be the PDU session ID.
  • protocol data unit session protocol data unit session, PDU session
  • identifier of the foregoing session may be the PDU session ID.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device is switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, the terminal device is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device, and the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the network device that provides services for the aforementioned session performed by the terminal device is the third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is also included in the handover request message.
  • the target access network device can use the network slice corresponding to the third S-NSSAI to provide services for the aforementioned session that needs to be switched to the target access network device. .
  • the handover demand message also includes handover type information, and the handover type information is used to indicate that the current handover is from the communication network to which the source access network device belongs to the communication to which the target access network device belongs. Network switching.
  • the handover type information is used to indicate that the handover is from NPN to PLMN; or, the source access network device To support PLMN network equipment, and the target access network equipment is a network equipment supporting NPN, the handover type information is used to indicate that the handover is from PLMN to NPN; or the handover type information is used to indicate that it is between PLMN and NPN Switch.
  • the handover type information can be used to assist the aforementioned core network device to determine from which type of cell to which type of cell the terminal device is handed over. This can prevent the core network equipment from judging errors. For example, when the target access network equipment supports both NPN and PLMN, when the handover request message also includes handover type information, the core network equipment can accurately determine whether to switch to the target access network equipment to support The NPN is still PLMN.
  • the core network device After the core network device receives the handover request message sent by the source access network device, it needs to learn the first S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device that provides services for the above-mentioned session, and calculate the first S-NSSAI. NSSAI notifies the target access network device. The first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device.
  • the core network device needs to learn the second S-NSSAI first before determining the first S-NSSAI by itself.
  • the core network device knows that the second S-NSSAI described above includes the following two possible implementation manners:
  • the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier included in the handover request message; in another possible implementation manner, the handover request message sent by the terminal device to the core network device includes the second S-NSSAI. S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device knows the foregoing first S-NSSAI includes the following possibilities:
  • the core network device After receiving the handover request message sent by the source access network device, the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI of the network slice where the target access network device can provide services for the session based on the information included in the handover request message.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes S320, the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device does not need to perform the first S-NSSAI determination process, that is, the core network device does not need to perform S320.
  • the core network device determines that the first S-NSSAI includes two possible situations based on the information included in the handover demand message:
  • the core network device determines the target access network device based on the target identifier included in the handover demand message
  • the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship.
  • the mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device; or, the mapping relationship is the network in the source access network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the sliced S-NSSAI and the CAG ID of the CAG served by the target access network device determines the first network slice in the target access network device based on the CAG ID corresponding to the second S-NSSAI S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device determines the target access network device based on the target identifier included in the handover demand message; the core network device knows that the target access network device provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device There is only one network slice in the network slice, and the S-NSSAI of the network slice is the first S-NSSAI mentioned above, then the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI; or, the core network device knows that the target access network device contains all the required S-NSSAIs.
  • the CAG ID of a CAG of a network slicing service provided by the session switching from the source access network device to the target access network device the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the CAG ID.
  • mapping relationship may be the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of all network slices in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of some network slices in the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI of all network slices in the source access network device includes S-NSSAI#1-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#1-10
  • the S-NSSAI of all network slices in the target access network device includes S-NSSAI# 2-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#2-10
  • 5 of the 10 network slices of the target access network device can provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI of the 5 network slices includes S-NSSAI#2-1 to S-NSSAI#2-5.
  • mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between S-NSSAI#1-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#1-10 and S-NSSAI#2-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#2-5, where S-NSSAI#1- At least one S-NSSAI in 1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#1-10 corresponds to one S-NSSAI in S-NSSAI#2-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#2-5.
  • mapping relationship may also be the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAIs of all network slices in the source access network device and the S-NSSAIs of all network slices in the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI of all network slices in the source access network device includes S-NSSAI#1-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#1-10
  • the S-NSSAI of all network slices in the target access network device includes S-NSSAI# 2-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#2-10
  • the 10 network slices of the target access network device can provide services for the session that needs to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • mapping relationship is the corresponding relationship between S-NSSAI#1-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#1-10 and S-NSSAI#2-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#2-10, where S-NSSAI#1- One S-NSSAI in 1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#1-10 corresponds to one S-NSSAI in S-NSSAI#2-1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#2-10.
  • mapping relationship may also be a corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of a part of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of a part of the network slice in the target access network device. No more examples here.
  • the foregoing mapping relationship may be the corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of M network slices in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of N network slices in the target access network device, where M is greater than or equal to N
  • At least one S-NSSAI of the S-NSSAI of M network slices corresponds to one of the S-NSSAIs of N network slices, that is, one network slice in the target access network device It can serve sessions of multiple network slicing services in the source access network device at the same time.
  • the core network device sends the session identifier to the network slice selection device, and the session identifier is used to instruct the network slice selection device to determine the second S-NSSAI; the core network device receives the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device, and the first S- NSSAI is determined by the network slice selection device based on the second S-NSSAI.
  • the method process shown in FIG. 3 also includes S330, the core network device sends the session identifier, S331 to the network slice selection device, the network slice selection device determines the second S-NSSAI and S332, and the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI, And S333, the network slice selection device sends the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the network slice selection device determining the second S-NSSAI includes: the network slice selection device determines the mapping relationship between the session identifier based on the received session identifier and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device The second S-NSSAI.
  • session IDs session ID#1 ⁇ session ID#10
  • 10 source access network equipment S-NSSAI S-NSSAI#1 ⁇ S-NSSAI#10
  • session ID#1 corresponds to S-NSSAI#1
  • session ID#2 corresponds to S-NSSAI#2
  • session ID#3 corresponds to S-NSSAI#3
  • session ID# 10 corresponds to S-NSSAI#10).
  • the above-mentioned session identifier is session identifier #1
  • the network slice selection device receives the session identifier #1 based on the session identifier and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device.
  • the mapping relationship between NSSAIs determines that the second S-NSSAI is S-NSSAI#1.
  • the network slice selection device determining the first S-NSSAI includes: the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the foregoing mapping relationship.
  • the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier; the core network device sends the second S-NSSAI to the network slice selection device, and the second S-NSSAI is used to instruct the network slice selection device to determine the first S-NSSAI:
  • the core network device receives the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device.
  • the method process shown in FIG. 3 also includes S340, the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI, S341, the core network device sends the second S-NSSAI, S342 to the network slice selection device, and the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI , And S343, the network slice selection device sends the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI: the core network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the received session identifier and the mapping relationship between the session identifier and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device -NSSAI.
  • the network slice selection device determining the first S-NSSAI includes: the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the foregoing mapping relationship.
  • the handover request message includes the second S-NSSAI, the core network device sends the second S-NSSAI to the network slice selection device, and the second S-NSSAI is used to instruct the network slice selection device to determine the first S-NSSAI;
  • the core network device receives the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device.
  • the method process shown in FIG. 3 also includes S350, the core network device sends the second S-NSSAI and S351 to the network slice selection device, the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI, and S352, the network slice selection device sends the core network device Send the first S-NSSAI.
  • the network slice selection device determining the first S-NSSAI includes: the network slice selection device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the foregoing mapping relationship.
  • the handover request message may also include the CAG ID corresponding to the target identifier, and this CAG ID may be used for the AMF to select the target cell service handover S-NSSAI corresponding to the session.
  • the specific selection method includes: the AMF determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the S-NSSAI.
  • the network slice selection device in the embodiment of this application may be an NSSF in the core network, or a session management function (SMF) network element, or other network elements that can implement the functions of NSSF or SMF in this embodiment Device.
  • SMF session management function
  • the core network device learns the aforementioned first S-NSSAI, it notifies the target access network device of the first S-NSSAI. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 may further include S360, the core network device sends a handover request message to the target access network device.
  • the handover request message includes the first S-NSSAI, where the first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and the second S-NSSAI is the handover requirement
  • the session identifier included in the message corresponds to the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device that provides services for the session.
  • the handover request message also includes the aforementioned session identifier.
  • the handover request message also includes the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device can save the first S-NSSAI, and the next time the terminal device needs to switch from the target access network device
  • the source access network device can reuse the network slice corresponding to the first S-NSSAI to provide services for the first session of the terminal device.
  • the handover request message also includes handover type information, and the handover type information is used to indicate that the current network device handover is from the communication network to which the source access network device belongs to the target access network device Switching of the communication network.
  • the handover type information included in the handover request message is similar to the handover type information included in the above-mentioned handover demand message, and will not be repeated here.
  • the handover request message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the handover request comes from the source access network device.
  • the target access network device can learn that the handover request comes from the source access network device based on the second indication information.
  • the target access network device After the target access network device receives the handover request message sent by the core network device, it sends a handover response message to the core network device. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes S370.
  • the device sends a handover response message.
  • the handover response message may be a handover request confirmation message.
  • the core network device receives the handover response message sent by the target access network device, it is determined that the terminal device can switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, then the core network device sends a handover to the source access network device A command (handover command) message, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes S380.
  • the core network device sends a handover command message to the source access network device to complete the handover.
  • the source access network device can determine that the target access network device may be based on mutual network slice information exchanged between the source access network device and the target access network device. For example, the source access network device notifies the target access network device, and the cell served by the source access network device serves the identification of the network slice serving the session in the cell served by the target access network device; the target access network device notifies The source access network device, and the cell served by the target access network device is the identifier of the network slice that serves the session in the cell served by the source access network device.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart for exchanging network slice information between access network devices provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flow chart includes source access network equipment and target access network equipment.
  • the source access network device can be notified of the network used to serve the service session of the source access network device in the cell served by the target access network device Slicing; in the same way, when the source access network device does not support the network slicing of the service session of the target access network device, it can inform the target access network device to serve the target access network device service session in the cell served by the source access network device Network slicing.
  • the method for exchanging network slice information includes the following steps:
  • S410 The source access network device sends an interface establishment request message to the target access network device.
  • the interface establishment request message includes the first configuration information.
  • the interface establishment request message may be an Xn interface establishment request message.
  • the first configuration information when a network slice is used to serve a PLMN service in a cell served by the source access network device, the first configuration information includes the S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice.
  • the first configuration information also includes the S-NSSAI of the network slice supported by the target access network device.
  • the first configuration information when multiple network slices are used to serve PLMN services in the cell served by the source access network device, the first configuration information includes multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices and the The mapping relationship between multiple S-NSSAIs and the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the PLMN service in the target access network device.
  • S-NSSAI#1 of the first access network device can be used to establish a session corresponding to S-NSSAI#A and S-NSSAI#B of the second access network device.
  • -NSSAI#2 can be used to establish a session corresponding to S-NSSAI#C and S-NSSAI#D of the second access network device, that is, the above mapping relationship includes S-NSSAI#1 corresponding to S-NSSAI#A and S- NSSAI#B and S-NSSAI#2 correspond to S-NSSAI#C and S-NSSAI#D.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device.
  • the first cell is the PLMN cell served by the source access network device
  • the second cell is the NPN cell served by the target access network device.
  • the first configuration information only includes the CAG ID of the S-NSSAI and/or the CAG of the service corresponding to the network slice.
  • the first configuration information includes multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices and multiple CAGs corresponding to the multiple network slices. The mapping relationship between CAG IDs.
  • S-NSSAI#1 of the first access network device can be used to establish a session corresponding to CAG ID#A and CAG ID#B of the second access network device
  • S-NSSAI of the first access network device #2 can be used to establish a session corresponding to CAG ID#C and CAG ID#D of the second access network device, that is, the above mapping relationship includes S-NSSAI#1 corresponding to CAG ID#A and CAG ID#B
  • S- NSSAI#2 corresponds to CAG ID#C and CAG ID#D.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device.
  • S420 The target access network device sends an interface establishment response message to the source access network device.
  • the interface establishment response message includes the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information includes the S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice.
  • the second configuration information further includes the S-NSSAI of the network slice supported by the source access network device.
  • the second configuration information when multiple network slices are used to serve NPN services in the cell served by the target access network device, includes multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices and the The mapping relationship between multiple S-NSSAIs and S-NSSAIs of the network slice serving the NPN service in the source access network device.
  • S-NSSAI#1 of the first access network device can be used to establish a session corresponding to S-NSSAI#A and S-NSSAI#B of the second access network device.
  • -NSSAI#2 can be used to establish a session corresponding to S-NSSAI#C and S-NSSAI#D of the second access network device, that is, the above mapping relationship includes S-NSSAI#1 corresponding to S-NSSAI#A and S- NSSAI#B and S-NSSAI#2 correspond to S-NSSAI#C and S-NSSAI#D.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device; or, the first access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device.
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device.
  • the first cell is the PLMN cell served by the source access network device
  • the second cell is the NPN cell served by the target access network device.
  • the second configuration information only includes the S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice and/or the CAG ID of the CAG serving; or, when the second cell uses multiple network slices to serve NPN services, the second configuration information includes The mapping relationship between the multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices and the multiple CAG IDs corresponding to the multiple CAGs served by the multiple network slices.
  • S-NSSAI#1 of the first access network device can be used to establish a session corresponding to CAG ID#A and CAG ID#B of the target access network device
  • S-NSSAI# of the first access network device 2 It can be used to establish a session corresponding to CAG ID#C and CAG ID#D of the target access network device, that is, the above mapping relationship includes S-NSSAI#1 corresponds to CAG ID#A and CAG ID#B, S-NSSAI# 2 corresponds to CAG ID#C and CAG ID#D.
  • the first access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device; or, the first access network device may be the aforementioned target access network device.
  • the second access network device may be the aforementioned source access network device.
  • FIG. 4 is related to the information about the exchange of network slicing between the network equipment supporting NPN and the network equipment supporting PLMN, so that when the terminal equipment switches between the NPN cell and the PLMN cell, the network equipment supporting the NPN can determine which supports The PLMN network device can be used as the target access network device, or the PLMN-supporting network device can determine which network device that supports NPN can be the target access network device.
  • this application does not limit that the information of interacting network slicing can only occur between a network device that supports NPN and a network device that supports PLMN.
  • Two network devices that support NPN can also exchange network slicing information.
  • Network devices supporting PLMN can also exchange network slice information or mapping information between CAG identifiers and network slices.
  • the above interface establishment request message and interface establishment response message can include information about the network slice serving the PLMN service.
  • the specific interaction process is similar to Figure 4. , I won’t repeat it here.
  • FIG. 4 takes the information of the network slice of its own service service exchanged between the target access network device and the source access network device as an example to illustrate that different access network devices can exchange information of its own network slice.
  • this application does not limit the interaction of this kind of network slice information can only occur between two different access network devices, and may also occur between core network devices and different access network devices.
  • the target The access network device and the source access network device respectively send their own network slice information to the core network device, then the core network device can determine the aforementioned target access network device; for example, the target access network device and the source access network device The device sends its own network slice information to the core network device, and the core network device forwards the network slice information of the target access network device to the source access network device, and forwards the network slice information of the source access network device to the target Access network equipment.
  • the target access network device and the source access network device respectively send their own network slice information to the core network device through existing signaling or new signaling, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network slice selection device in the embodiment of the present application can learn the above mapping relationship, which may be sent to the network slice selection device after the core network device has learned the above mapping relationship, or the network slice selection device may also be based on As determined by the operator’s strategy, this application does not limit it.
  • the following describes in detail how the core network device learns that the target access network device uses the network slicing corresponding to the first S-NSSAI to serve all sessions in the source access network device with reference to Figs. 5 and 6, or the foregoing Mapping relations.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for a core network device to learn a first S-NSSAI or a mapping relationship according to an embodiment of the present application. Including management equipment, target access network equipment, and core network equipment.
  • the management device involved in this application may be an operation administration and maintenance (OAM) device, or other devices that can implement the function of an OAM device.
  • OAM operation administration and maintenance
  • the method for the core network device to learn the first S-NSSAI or the mapping relationship includes the following steps:
  • S510 The management device determines configuration information.
  • Possibility 1 Corresponding to S320 Case 1, the management device determines how many network slices in the cell served by the target access network device serve the session in the cell served by the source access network device based on the operator’s strategy One, the multiple network slices correspond to multiple S-NSSAIs.
  • the management device after determining the multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices, the management device also needs to determine among the multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices, the network slice corresponding to each S-NSSAI is respectively Which session in the cell served by the source access network device is used to determine the mapping relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the cell served by the source access network device and the multiple S-NSSAIs, or determine The mapping relationship between the CAG ID supported in the cell served by the source access network device and the multiple S-NSSAIs.
  • Possibility 2 Corresponding to S320 in Possibility One, Case Two, the management device determines based on the operator’s strategy that there is only one network slice serving the session in the cell served by the source access network device among the cells served by the target access network device.
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice is the preset S-NSSAI, and the preset S-NSSAI is the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the management device determines the target access network device service based on the operator’s strategy In the cell, there is only one network slice serving the session in the cell served by the source access network device, and the CAG ID corresponding to the network slice.
  • S520 The management device sends configuration information to the target access network device.
  • the configuration information includes the aforementioned multiple S-NSSAIs and the mapping relationship between the multiple S-NSSAIs and the S-NSSAI in the cell served by the source access network device, or the configuration information includes the aforementioned The mapping relationship between multiple S-NSSAIs and multiple S-NSSAIs and CAG IDs supported in the cell served by the source access network device is used to indicate that multiple S-NSSAIs are used in the cell served by the target access network device Multiple network slicing service sources access all sessions in the cell served by the network equipment.
  • the source access network device is a network device that supports NPN
  • the target access network device is a network device that supports PLMN
  • the network device in the PLMN uses multiple S-NSSAI corresponding network slices to serve all sessions in the NPN . That is to say, for the S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice that provides services for a certain session in the NPN, one or more network slices corresponding to the S-NSSAI can be used in the PLMN to provide services for the session.
  • the configuration information includes the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, which is used to instruct the cell served by the target access network device to use a network slice corresponding to one S-NSSAI to serve all sessions in the source access network device ,
  • the configuration information includes the CAG ID of the CAG of the foregoing network slicing service.
  • the source access network device is a network device in the NPN
  • the target access network device is a network device in the PLMN
  • the network slice corresponding to the S-NSSAI is the aforementioned first S-NSSAI.
  • FIG. 5 only takes a target access network device as an example for illustration, and does not limit the protection scope of the present application.
  • the foregoing management device may perform the foregoing configuration for multiple target access network devices, and the configuration of each target access network device is similar to that described in S510, which is not repeated here.
  • the target access network device may send an interface establishment request message to the core network device. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 5 further includes S530. The target access network device sends an interface establishment request message to the core network device.
  • the interface establishment request message includes the foregoing first S-NSSAI; or, the interface establishment request message includes the foregoing multiple S-NSSAIs and mapping relationships.
  • interface establishment request message involved in the embodiment of the present application may be an NG interface establishment request message.
  • the core network device After the core network device receives the interface establishment request message, it can determine the registration area, so that the core network device can determine, for a session, that all cells in a registration area can support the network slice corresponding to the session. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 5 also includes S540, the core network device determines the registration area. Specifically, the core network device determines the registration area according to the second S-NSSAI included in the received interface establishment request message, or the S-NSSAI set included in the interface establishment request message and the preset mapping relationship, and the core network device determines the registration area for a certain For a session, all cells in a registration area can support the network slice corresponding to this session.
  • the core network device provides services for one or more S-NSSAI corresponding network slice service sessions in the NPN cell according to whether the PLMN cell includes a network slice corresponding to the S-NSSAI to determine whether the NPN cell It is included in the registration area of a user equipment at the same time as the PLMN cell.
  • the core network device may send an interface establishment response message to the target access network device. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 5 also includes S550, the core network device sends an interface establishment response message to the target access network device.
  • interface establishment response message involved in the embodiment of the present application may be an NG interface establishment response message.
  • FIG. 5 shows that the management device determines the first S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice in the target access network device that provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the management device determines multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to multiple network slices in the target access network device that provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the foregoing mapping relationship .
  • the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice in the target access network device that provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device .
  • the core network device determines multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to multiple network slices in the target access network device that provide services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the foregoing mapping relationship. And the core network device notifies the target access network device of the determined information.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for a core network device to learn a first S-NSSAI or a mapping relationship according to an embodiment of the present application. Including target access network equipment and core network equipment.
  • the method for the core network device to learn the first S-NSSAI or the mapping relationship includes the following steps:
  • S610 The core network device receives the interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device.
  • the interface establishment request message is an NG interface establishment request message specified in the existing protocol.
  • the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI, or determines multiple S-NSSAIs and mapping relationships.
  • Possibility 1 Corresponding to S320 Case 1, the core network device determines based on the operator’s strategy that the network slice that serves the session in the cell served by the source access network device in the cell served by the target access network device is Multiple, the multiple network slices correspond to multiple S-NSSAIs.
  • the core network device after determining the multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices, the core network device also needs to determine the multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to the multiple network slices, and the network slice corresponding to each S-NSSAI is respectively Which session in the source access network device is used to serve, that is, determine the mapping relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the cell served by the source access network device and the multiple S-NSSAIs, or determine the source access The mapping relationship between the CAG ID supported in the cell served by the network device and the multiple S-NSSAIs.
  • Possibility Two Corresponding to S320 in Possibility One, Case Two, the core network device determines based on the operator’s strategy that the only network slice serving the session in the cell served by the source access network device in the cell served by the target access network device is One, the S-NSSAI of the network slice is the preset S-NSSAI, and the preset S-NSSAI is the first S-NSSAI mentioned above, or the management device determines the target access network device service based on the operator’s strategy There is only one network slice serving the session in the cell served by the source access network device in the cell, and the CAG ID corresponding to the network slice.
  • S630 The core network device sends an interface establishment response message to the target access network device.
  • the interface establishment response message includes the foregoing multiple S-NSSAIs and the mapping relationship between multiple S-NSSAIs and S-NSSAIs in the cell served by the source access network device, or interface
  • the establishment response message includes the foregoing multiple S-NSSAIs and the mapping relationship between the multiple S-NSSAIs and the CAG ID supported in the cell served by the source access network device, which is used to indicate the cell served by the target access network device Use multiple S-NSSAIs corresponding to multiple network slicing service sources to access all sessions in the cell served by the network device.
  • the source access network device is a network device that supports NPN
  • the target access network device is a network device that supports PLMN
  • the network device in the PLMN uses multiple S-NSSAI corresponding network slices to serve all sessions in the NPN . That is to say, for the S-NSSAI corresponding to the network slice that provides services for a certain session in the NPN, one or more network slices corresponding to the S-NSSAI can be used in the PLMN to provide services for the session.
  • the interface establishment response message includes the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, which is used to instruct to use one S-NSSAI corresponding network slice service source access network device in the cell served by the target access network device.
  • the session or interface establishment response message includes the CAG ID of the CAG of the foregoing network slicing service.
  • the source access network device is a network device in the NPN
  • the target access network device is a network device in the PLMN
  • the network slice corresponding to the S-NSSAI is the aforementioned first S-NSSAI.
  • FIG. 6 only takes a target access network device as an example for description, and does not limit the protection scope of the present application.
  • the foregoing core network device may perform the foregoing configuration for multiple target access network devices, and the configuration of each target access network device is similar to that described in S620, which is not repeated here.
  • Figures 5 and 6 show that the core network device has learned the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI, or the above-mentioned multiple S-NSSAIs and the mapping relationship.
  • the method flow shown in Figure 3 is that the core network device sends the first S-NSSAI to the target access network device, so that the target access network device determines the network slice corresponding to the first S-NSSAI based on the received first S-NSSAI
  • this application also provides a handover method.
  • the target access network device itself can determine the first S-NSSAI without receiving it from the core network device.
  • the handover method will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another handover method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flowchart includes source access network equipment, target access network equipment, and core network equipment.
  • the source access network device is the access network device that the terminal device is connected to before the cell handover occurs. It can be called the source access network device and the target access network device is the access network device that the terminal device needs to connect after the cell handover occurs. , Can be called the target network device.
  • the switching method includes the following steps:
  • S710 The source access network device sends a handover request message to the target access network device.
  • the handover request message includes a session identifier, where the session is a session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the second S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the source The S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session in the access network device.
  • the source access network device is based on the mapping relationship between the network slices supported by the source access network device and the target access network device, and determines the target access based on the network slice corresponding to the current session of the terminal device and the mapping relationship.
  • the handover request message may also include the first S-NSSAI.
  • the mapping of the network slice of the target access network device The relationship is: the network slice corresponding to S-NSSAI#1 is S-NSSAI#A; the network slice corresponding to S-NSSAI#2 is S-NSSAI#B.
  • the source network device determines that the network slice corresponding to PDU session #1 in the cell served by the target network device is S-NSSAI#2;
  • the source access network device is based on the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and determines the target access based on the current CAG ID that serves the terminal device and the mapping relationship. If the first S-NSSAI of the network slice that provides services for the aforementioned session in the network access device, the handover request message also includes the first S-NSSAI, for example, the CAG ID and the network supported by the target access network device.
  • the source network device determines that the network slice corresponding to PDU session #1 in the cell served by the target network device is S-NSSAI #1;
  • the source access network device is based on the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and provides services for the above session according to the CAG ID of the target access network device.
  • the first S-NSSAI of the network slice, the handover request message also includes the first S-NSSAI.
  • the mapping relationship between the CAG ID and the network slice supported by the target access network device CAG ID# 1
  • the corresponding network slice is S-NSSAI#A
  • the network slice corresponding to CAG ID#2 is S-NSSAI#B.
  • the source network device determines to switch the terminal's PDU session #1 to the CAG ID# in the target network device 2 (for example, the target cell of handover is CAG ID#2)
  • the source network device determines that the network slice corresponding to PDU session #1 in the cell served by the target network device is S-NSSAI#2.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the terminal device may conduct multiple sessions, and the multiple sessions need to be The service provided by the source access network device is switched to the service provided by the target access network device.
  • This application is for the convenience of description and takes a certain session in the terminal device that needs to be switched as an example. When switching, it is similar to the above-mentioned first session processing process, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • the method flow described in FIG. 7 further includes S701, where the source access network device determines the target access network device. Specifically, the source access network device determines the target access network device based on the mapping information, and after the target access network device is determined, the source access network device can send the aforementioned handover request message to the target access network device.
  • the source access network device can determine that the target access network device may be based on mutual network slice information exchanged between the source access network device and the target access network device.
  • the process of exchanging network slice information between the source access network device and the target access network device is shown in Figure 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing session is a PDU session
  • the identifier of the foregoing session may be a PDU session ID.
  • a possible implementation is that before the terminal device switches from the source access network device to the target access network device, the terminal device is switched from the target access network device to the source access network device, and the target access network device
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the first session performed by the terminal device is the third S-NSSAI, and the third S-NSSAI is also included in the handover request message.
  • the target access network device may use the network slice corresponding to the third S-NSSAI to provide services for the first session.
  • the handover request message further includes the aforementioned second S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device can determine the first S-NSSAI based on the information included in the handover request message, and the corresponding S-NSSAI
  • the network slice in the target access network device provides services for the aforementioned session, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 further includes S720, and the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device does not need to perform S720.
  • the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device learns that the foregoing second S-NSSAI includes the following two types: Possible implementation:
  • the target access network device determines the second S-NSSAI based on the session identifier included in the handover request message; in another possible implementation manner, the handover request message sent by the terminal device to the core network device includes this The second S-NSSAI.
  • the core network device determines that the first S-NSSAI includes two possible situations based on the information included in the handover demand message:
  • the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI and the mapping relationship.
  • the mapping relationship is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship between NSSAI; or, the mapping relationship is the mapping relationship between the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device and the CAG ID of the CAG served by the target access network device, then the target access network device is based on The CAG ID corresponding to the second S-NSSAI determines the first S-NSSAI.
  • the target access network device knows that there is only one network slice in the target access network device that provides services for all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device, and the S-NSSAI of the network slice is the above
  • the first S-NSSAI the core network device determines the first S-NSSAI; or, the target access network device knows that all of the target access network devices need to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device
  • the CAG ID of a CAG of a network slice service provided by the session the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI based on the CAG ID.
  • the target access network device learns that the target access network device uses the network slicing service corresponding to the first S-NSSAI. All need to switch from the source access network device to the target access network The session of the device.
  • the target access network device learns that the target access network device uses multiple network slicing services corresponding to multiple S-NSSAIs, and all sessions that need to be switched from the source access network device to the target access network device and the foregoing mapping relationship , I won’t repeat it here.
  • the handover request message also includes handover type information, and the handover type information is used to indicate that the current network device handover is from the communication network to which the source access network device belongs to the target access network device Switching of the communication network.
  • the handover type information is used to indicate that the handover is from NPN to PLMN; or, the source access network device To support PLMN network equipment, and the target access network equipment is a network equipment supporting NPN, the handover type information is used to indicate that the handover is from PLMN to NPN; or the handover type information is used to indicate that it is between PLMN and NPN Switch.
  • the target access network device determines the first S-NSSAI, it sends a handover request response message to the source access network device. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 also includes S730, where the target access network device accesses the source The network device sends a handover request response message.
  • the handover request response message is used to indicate that the target access network device is ready for handover, and the terminal device can switch from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 7 further includes S740.
  • the target access network device sends a path transfer request message to the core network device, where the path transfer request message includes the session identifier.
  • the path transfer request message includes the foregoing second S-NSSAI.
  • the path transfer request message includes the above-mentioned first S-NSSAI.
  • the path transfer request message includes the third S-NSSAI.
  • the path transfer request message when the handover request message also includes handover type information, the path transfer request message includes the handover type information.
  • the core network device sends a path switch request response message to the target access network device, where the path switch request response message is used to instruct the core network
  • the device learns that the downlink transmission path has changed.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a handover device 800 proposed in this application.
  • the device 800 includes a receiving unit 810, a sending unit 820, and a processing unit 830.
  • the receiving unit 810 is configured to receive a handover request message sent by a source access network device, where the handover request message includes an identifier of a session, where the session is required by the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access device. Sessions of connected devices;
  • the sending unit 820 is configured to send a handover request message to the target access network device, where the handover request message includes the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI,
  • the first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI
  • the network slice provides services for the session
  • the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device corresponding to the identifier of the session.
  • the device 800 completely corresponds to the core network device in the method embodiment, and the device 800 may be the core network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the core network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 800 are used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the core network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • the receiving unit 810 in the apparatus 800 executes the steps of the core network device receiving in the method embodiment.
  • step S310 in FIG. 3 is executed to receive the handover demand message sent by the source access network device
  • step S333 in FIG. 6 is also executed to receive the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device
  • step S-NSSAI in FIG. 6 is also executed Step S343, receive the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device; further execute step S352 in FIG. 6, receive the first S-NSSAI sent by the network slice selection device; further execute step S370 in FIG.
  • Step S530 in Figure 5 is also executed to receive the interface establishment request message sent by the target access network device
  • Step S610 in Figure 6 is also executed to receive the interface establishment sent by the target access network device Request message
  • step S740 in FIG. 7 to receive a path transfer request message sent by the target access network device
  • the sending unit 820 in the apparatus 800 executes the steps of sending by the core network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S330 in Figure 3 to send the session identifier to the network slice selection device; perform step S341 in Figure 3 to send the second S-NSSAI to the network slice selection device; perform step S350 in Figure 3 to send the network slice
  • the slice selection device sends the second S-NSSAI; executes step S360 in FIG. 3 to send a handover request message to the target access network device; executes step S550 in FIG. 5 to send an interface establishment response message to the target access network device; execute Step S630 in FIG. 6 sends an interface establishment response message to the target access network device; executes step S750 in FIG. 7 to send a path transfer request response message to the target access network device.
  • the processing unit 830 in the device 800 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the core network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S320 in FIG. 3 to determine the first S-NSSAI; also perform step S340 in FIG. 3 to determine the second S-NSSAI; also perform step S540 in FIG. 5 to determine the first registration area; Step S620 in 6, determine the first S-NSSAI, or determine multiple S-NSSAIs and the mapping relationship.
  • the receiving unit 810 and the sending unit 820 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 830 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit 820 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiving unit 810 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a core network device 900.
  • the core network device 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902, and a transceiver 903.
  • the memory 902 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 903 Used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 902.
  • the transceiver 903 is used to perform the operations performed by the receiving unit 810 and the sending unit 820 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the processor 901 is used to perform the implementation shown in FIG. The operation performed by the processing unit 830 in the example.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the switching device 1000 proposed in the present application.
  • the device 1000 includes a sending unit 1010, a receiving unit 1020, and a processing unit 1030.
  • the sending unit 1010 is configured to send a handover demand message to a core network device, where the handover demand message includes an identifier of the session, where the session is required by the terminal device to be handed over from the source access network device to the target access network device
  • the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device that serves the session;
  • the receiving unit 1020 is configured to receive a handover command message sent by the core network device, where the handover command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device, and
  • the S-NSSAI of the network slice serving the session in the target access network device is the first S-NSSAI, and the first S-NSSAI is based on the second S-NSSAI and the target access network
  • the network slice supported by the device is determined.
  • the apparatus 1000 completely corresponds to the source access network device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 1000 may be the source access network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the source access network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 1000 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the source access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • the sending unit 1010 in the apparatus 1000 executes the sending step of the source access network device in the method embodiment. For example, step S310 in FIG. 3 is executed to send a handover demand message to the core network device; step S410 in FIG. 4 is also executed to send an interface establishment request message to the target access network device; step S410 in FIG. 7 is also executed to send The target access network device sends a handover request message.
  • the receiving unit 1020 in the apparatus 1000 executes the steps of the source access network device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, step S380 in 3 is executed to receive the handover command message sent by the core network device; step S420 in FIG. 4 is also executed to receive the interface establishment response message sent by the target access network device; step S730 in FIG. 7 is also executed, Receive a handover request response message sent by the target access network device.
  • the processing unit 1030 in the apparatus 1000 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the source access network device in the method embodiment. For example, step S301 in FIG. 3 is executed to determine the target access network device; step S701 in FIG. 7 is also executed to determine the target access network device.
  • the sending unit 1010 and the receiving unit 1020 can form a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 1030 may be a processor.
  • the transmitting unit 1010 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiving unit 1020 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a source access network device 1100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, and can be used to implement the function of the source access network device in the above-mentioned handover method.
  • a source access network device 1100 can be a schematic diagram of the structure of the base station.
  • the source access network device can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1.
  • the source access network device 1100 may include CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the source access network device consists of one or more radio frequency units, such as remote radio units (remote radio units, RRU) and one or more baseband units (BBU):
  • RRU remote radio units
  • BBU baseband units
  • the non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services.
  • Part of the physical layer processing functions of the BBU are merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU.
  • CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
  • FIG. 11 is only an example, and does not limit the scope of protection of this application.
  • the deployment form may also be DU deployment in a 5G BBU computer room, CU centralized deployment or DU centralized deployment, and higher-level centralized CU.
  • the AAU that can realize the transceiver function is called the transceiver unit 1101, which corresponds to the receiving unit 1020 and the sending unit 1010 in FIG. 10.
  • the transceiver unit 1101 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1111 and a radio frequency unit 1112.
  • the transceiving unit 1101 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or transmitter or transmitting circuit).
  • the AAU part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the control information described in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the CU and DU can implement internal processing functions, called the processing unit 1102, which is used to perform baseband processing and control the base station.
  • the AAU, CU, and DU may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the CU and DU are the control centers of the source access network equipment, and may also be called processing units, which may correspond to the processing unit 1030, and are mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the CU and DU (processing unit 1030) 1102 can be used to control the source access network device 1100 to execute the operation procedure of the source access network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to determine the length of the symbol carrying the control information of the terminal device .
  • the CU and DU may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (for example, an LTE system or a 5G system), or they may be separate Support wireless access networks of different access standards.
  • the CU and DU further include a memory 1121 and a processor 1122.
  • the memory 1121 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1121 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment, etc.
  • the processor 1122 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the source access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1121 and the processor 1122 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the above-mentioned CU and DU1102 can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiment implemented by the source access network device internally, and the AAU can be used to perform the source access network device's transmission to or from the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment The action received by the terminal device.
  • the AAU can be used to perform the source access network device's transmission to or from the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment The action received by the terminal device.
  • the source access network equipment is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 11, but may also be in other forms: for example, including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or including BBU and active antenna unit (active antenna unit). unit, AAU); it can also be customer premises equipment (CPE), or other forms, which are not limited in this application.
  • BBU and adaptive radio unit ARU
  • BBU and active antenna unit active antenna unit
  • unit, AAU BBU
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • the source access network device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 can implement the source access network device functions involved in the method embodiments in FIGS. 3-7.
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the source access network device 1100 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes executed by the source access network device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the structure of the source access network device illustrated in FIG. 11 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of source access network equipment structures that may appear in the future.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the switching device 1200 proposed in the present application.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes a receiving unit 1210, a sending unit 1220, and a processing unit 1230.
  • the receiving unit 1210 is configured to receive a handover request message sent by a core network device, where the handover request message includes the first S-NSSAI,
  • the first S-NSSAI is determined based on the second S-NSSAI and the network slice supported by the target access network device, and the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI Network slicing provides services for the session
  • the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI corresponding to the session identifier in the source access network device, and the session is required by the terminal device to access the network device from the source Switch to the session of the target access network device;
  • the sending unit 1220 is configured to send a handover response message to the core network device, where the handover response message is used to indicate that the terminal device can switch to the target access network device.
  • the apparatus 1200 completely corresponds to the target access network device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 1200 may be the target access network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the target access network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 1200 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the target access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • the receiving unit 1210 in the apparatus 1200 executes the steps of receiving by the target access network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S360 in 3 to receive the handover request message sent by the core network device; also perform step S420 in FIG. 4 to receive the interface establishment request message sent by the source access network device; also perform step S520 in FIG. 5, Receive the configuration information sent by the management device; also execute step S550 in FIG. 5 to receive the interface establishment response message sent by the core network device; also execute step S630 in FIG. 6 to receive the interface establishment response message sent by the core network device; also execute Step S750 in FIG. 7 is to receive a path transfer request response message sent by the core network device.
  • the sending unit 1220 in the apparatus 1200 executes the steps of sending by the target access network device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S370 in FIG. 3 to send a handover response message to the core network device; also perform step S420 in FIG. 4 to send an interface establishment response message to the source access network device; also perform step S530 in FIG.
  • the core network device sends an interface establishment request message; it also executes step S610 in FIG. 6 to send an interface establishment request message to the core network device; it also executes step S740 in FIG. 7 to send a path transfer request message to the core network device.
  • the processing unit 1230 in the apparatus 1200 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the target access network device in the method embodiment. For example, step S720 in FIG. 7 is performed to determine the first S-NSSAI.
  • the sending unit 1220 and the receiving unit 1210 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 1230 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit 1220 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiving unit 1210 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a target access network device 1300 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the function of the target access network device in the above handover method.
  • a target access network device 1300 can be a schematic diagram of the structure of the base station.
  • the target access network equipment can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1.
  • the target access network device 1300 may include CU, DU, and AAU. Compared with the target access network device in the LTE communication system, the target access network device is composed of one or more radio frequency units, such as RRU and one or more BBUs. :
  • the non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services.
  • Part of the physical layer processing functions of the BBU are merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU.
  • CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
  • the AAU that can realize the transceiver function is called the transceiver unit 1321, which corresponds to the receiving unit 1210 and the sending unit 1220 in FIG. 12.
  • the transceiver unit 1321 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1313 and a radio frequency unit 1312.
  • the transceiver unit 1321 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or transmitter or transmitting circuit).
  • the AAU part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the control information described in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the CU and DU that can implement internal processing functions are called a processing unit 1322.
  • the AAU, CU, and DU may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the CU and DU are the control centers of the target access network equipment, and may also be called processing units, which may correspond to the processing unit 1230, and are mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the CU and DU (processing unit 1230) 1322 can be used to control the target access network device 1320 to execute the operation procedure of the target access network device in the above method embodiment, for example, to determine the length of the symbol carrying the control information of the terminal device .
  • the CU and DU may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (for example, an LTE system or a 5G system), or they may be separate Support wireless access networks of different access standards.
  • the CU and DU further include a memory 1321 and a processor 1322.
  • the memory 1321 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1321 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the processor 1322 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the target access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1321 and the processor 1322 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the above-mentioned CU and DU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the target access network device, and the AAU can be used to perform the target access network device’s transmission to or from the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment.
  • the action received by the terminal device please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the target access network device is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 13, but may also be in other forms: for example, including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or including BBU and active antenna unit (active antenna unit). unit, AAU); it can also be customer premises equipment (CPE), or other forms, which are not limited in this application.
  • BBU and adaptive radio unit ARU
  • BBU and active antenna unit active antenna unit
  • unit, AAU BBU
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • the target access network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can implement the functions of the target access network device involved in the method embodiments of FIGS. 3-7.
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the target access network device 1320 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the network device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 13 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other network device structures that may appear in the future.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the switching device 1400 proposed in the present application.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes a processing unit 1410 and a sending unit 1420.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine the first single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI based on a preset strategy, where the network slices in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI are all network slices that need to be obtained from the source The access network device switches to the session providing service of the target access network device,
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine the mapping relationship and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device based on a preset strategy, wherein the mapping relationship is the network slice in the source access network device The corresponding relationship between the S-NSSAI of and the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the target access network device;
  • the sending unit 1420 is configured to send configuration information to the target access network device, where the configuration information includes the first S-NSSAI, or the configuration information includes the mapping relationship and the target access S-NSSAI for network slices in network equipment.
  • the apparatus 1400 completely corresponds to the management device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 1400 may be the management device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the management device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 1400 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the management device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • processing unit 1410 in the apparatus 1400 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the management device in the method embodiment. For example, step S510 in FIG. 5 is executed to determine the first configuration information.
  • the sending unit 1420 in the apparatus 1400 executes the steps of managing device sending in the method embodiment. For example, step S330 in FIG. 3 is executed to send a session identifier to the network slice selection device; step S520 in FIG. 5 is executed to send configuration information to the target access network device.
  • the management device may also include a receiving unit for receiving information sent by other devices.
  • the receiving unit and the sending unit 1420 may constitute a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 1410 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit 1420 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiving unit may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a management device 1500.
  • the management device 1500 includes a processor 1501, a memory 1502, and a transceiver 1503.
  • the memory 1502 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 1503 is configured to The instructions or programs stored in the memory 1502 are executed.
  • the transceiver 1503 is used to execute the operations performed by the receiving unit and the sending unit 1420 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, and the processor 1501 is used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. The operation performed by the processing unit 1410 in.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of the switching device 1600 proposed in the present application.
  • the apparatus 1600 includes a receiving unit 1610, a processing unit 1620, and a sending unit 1630.
  • the receiving unit 1610 is configured to receive the second single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI sent by the core network device, where the second S-NSSAI is the S-NSSAI of the network slice in the source access network device corresponding to the session identifier ,
  • the session is a session that the terminal device needs to switch from the source access network device to the target access network device;
  • a processing unit 1620 configured to determine a first S-NSSAI based on the second S-NSSAI, and a network slice in the target access network device corresponding to the first S-NSSAI provides services for the session;
  • the sending unit 1630 is configured to send the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the apparatus 1600 completely corresponds to the network slice selection device in the method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1600 may be the network slice selection device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network slice selection device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the apparatus 1600 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the network slice selection device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • the receiving unit 1610 in the apparatus 1600 executes the steps of receiving by the network slice selection device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S330 in FIG. 3 to receive the session identifier sent by the core network device; also perform step S341 in FIG. 3 to receive the second S-NSSAI sent by the core network device; also perform step S350 in FIG. 3, Receive the second S-NSSAI sent by the core network device.
  • the processing unit 1620 in the apparatus 1600 executes the steps implemented or processed inside the network slice selection device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S310 in FIG. 3 to determine the second S-NSSAI; also perform step 332 in FIG. 3 to determine the first S-NSSAI; also perform step 342 in FIG. 3 to determine the first S-NSSAI; Step 351 in FIG. 3 is executed to determine the first S-NSSAI.
  • the sending unit 1630 in the apparatus 1600 executes the steps of sending by the network slice selection device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S333 in FIG. 3 to send the first S-NSSAI to the core network device; also perform step S343 in FIG. 3 to send the first S-NSSAI to the core network device; and also perform step S352 in FIG. 3, Send the first S-NSSAI to the core network device.
  • the receiving unit 1610 and the sending unit 1630 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processing unit 1620 may be a processor.
  • the sending unit 1630 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiving unit 1610 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a network slice selection device 1700.
  • the network slice selection device 1700 includes a processor 1701, a memory 1702, and a transceiver 1703.
  • the memory 1702 stores instructions or programs, and processes
  • the processor 1703 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1702.
  • the transceiver 1703 is used to execute the operations performed by the receiving unit 1610 and the sending unit 1630 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 16, and the processor 1701 is used to execute the implementation shown in FIG. 16. The operation performed by the processing unit 1620 in this example.
  • FIG. 17 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual intermediate nodes, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the switching device in the foregoing device embodiments corresponds to the switching device in the method embodiment, and the corresponding module or unit executes the corresponding steps.
  • the communication unit executes the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiment, except for sending, Steps other than receiving can be executed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the processing unit executes the functions of specific units, refer to the corresponding method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned switching device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the core network in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7. The various steps performed by the device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the above-mentioned method shown in Figure 3-7. The steps performed by the connected device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the target interface in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7. The steps performed by the connected device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the management device in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7. The various steps performed.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the network slice in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7. Select the various steps performed by the device.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the core network device in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the source access network device in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the target access network device in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the management device in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the network slice selection device in the method shown in FIGS. 3-7.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the core network device in the handover method provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process performed by the source access network device in the handover method provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the target access network device in the handover method provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the management device in the switching method provided in the present application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the network slice selection device in the switching method provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input and output interface.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically accessible Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the term "and/or” in this application is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this text generally means that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more", for example, A At least one of, B and C can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist alone, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously, this Seven situations.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种切换的方法和装置，可以应用在终端设备在NSA架构下的NPN小区与PLMN小区之间的切换。该方法包括：源接入网设备获知终端设备的某个会话需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备，向核心网设备发送包括会话的标识的切换需求消息，核心网设备在接收到切换需求消息之后，获知基于第二S-NSSAI和目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，向目标接入网设备发送包括该第一S-NSSAI的切换请求消息，第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。通过在目标接入网设备中确定出为会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，提高会话的连续性。

Description

切换的方法和装置
本申请要求于2019年07月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910677802.9、申请名称为“切换的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种切换的方法和装置。
背景技术
为了应对未来垂直行业的需求，提出了非公共网络(non-public network，NPN)的概念，即垂直行业的NPN，该NPN专门用于服务垂直行业的终端设备。NPN存在两种网络架构，一种网络架构是独立组网(standalone，SA)，另外一种网络架构是非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)。在会话发生NPN小区与PLMN小区之间切换时，提高会话的连续性成为亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种切换的方法和装置，以期提高会话的连续性。
第一方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：核心网设备接收源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息，该切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；该核心网设备向该目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中该会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备接收到源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息之后，获知会话将从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备，由目标接入网设备中的网络切片提供服务，核心网设备将能够为该会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI通知给目标接入网设备，使得会话切换至目标接入网设备时能够由该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务，从而能够提高会话的连续性。
本申请实施例中，终端设备在NSA架构下的NPN小区与PLMN小区之间发生切换的情况下，通过在目标接入网设备中确定出与源接入网设备中的为会话提供服务的网络切片的第二S-NSSAI不同的第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为会话从源接入网设备切换到目标接入网设备时，为会话提供服务，从而提高会话的连续性。
应理解，本申请实施例中的核心网设备包括核心网控制面设备，可以是核心网中的接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)，或者其他能够实 现AMF在本实施例中的功能的装置。
还应理解，本申请实施例中源接入网设备指的是为该终端设备服务的某一个接入网设备，而目标接入网设备指的是终端设备即将从源接入网设备切换到的接入网设备，称为源接入网设备和目标接入网设备只是从终端设备的角度出发，并不对本申请的保护范围构成任何限定，例如，可以称源接入网设备为第一接入网设备，目标接入网设备为第二接入网设备。
还应理解，本申请实施例中目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片包括为源接入网设备小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片。
上述的第一S-NSSAI和第二S-NSSAI为不同的S-NSSAI，分别用于标识不同的网络切片。在本申请示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的S-NSSAI等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中对于信令的叫法并不限定，例如，上文的切换需求消息、切换请求消息等，只是信令的一种称呼，也可以称之为其他的消息，例如，第一消息、第二消息等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中以终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的一个会话为例进行说明，其他的需要切换到额会话与上述的会话的切换流程类似，这里不再一一举例说明。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息还包括目标标识，该方法还包括：该核心网设备基于该目标标识确定该目标接入网设备；该核心网设备基于该第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；或者，该核心网设备确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够基于切换需求消息包括的目标标识确定目标接入网设备，进一步地基于上述的第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，映射关系为源接入网设备和目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系，也就是说核心网设备在已知源接入网设备中的网络切片的第二S-NSSAI以及映射关系能够确定目标接入网设备中的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI；或者，
核心网设备能够直接确定出第一S-NSSAI而无需基于第二S-NSSAI和映射关系，例如，目标接入网设备为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI即为第一S-NSSAI，则核心网设备只要从源接入网设备接收到切换需求消息，就能够获知即将从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的终端设备的会话将由目标接入网设备中的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI的网络切片服务。为核心网设备确定第一S-NSSAI提供灵活可变的方案。
应理解，上述目标标识可以是目标接入网设备的标识，例如目标标识为目标接入网设备的全球网络设备标识，或者，目标标识还可以是小区标识，例如目标标识为终端设备将切换至的小区的标识，基于该小区标识也能够确定出目标接入网设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该核心网设备基于该第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSA之前，该方法还包括：该核心网设备接收该源接入网设备 发送的该切换需求消息，该切换需求消息包括该第二S-NSSAI；或者，该核心网设备基于该会话的标识确定该第二S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备获知到第二S-NSSAI可以是因为源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息包括该第二S-NSSAI，还可以是切换需求消息中并未包括该第二S-NSSAI而包括有会话的标识，核心网设备基于切换需求消息包括的会话的标识以及会话的标识与源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系确定出第二S-NSSAI，为核心网设备获知第二S-NSSAI提供灵活的方案。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送该会话的标识，该会话的标识用于指示该网络切片选择设备确定该第二S-NSSAI；该核心网设备接收该网络切片选择设备发送的该第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI为该网络切片选择设备基于该第二S-NSSAI确定的。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知第一S-NSSAI可以是从网络切片选择设备接收到了该第一S-NSSAI，具体地，网络切片选择设备能够确定第一S-NSSAI可以是核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送上述会话的标识，网络切片选择设备基于该会话的标识与源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系确定出第二S-NSSAI，并基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，将确定的第一S-NSSAI发送给核心网设备，为核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI提供灵活的方案。
应理解，本申请实施例中的网络切片选择设备可以是核心网中的网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function，NSSF)，或者其他能够实现NSSF在本实施例中的功能的装置。
还应理解，本申请实施例中网络切片选择设备能够基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI可以与上述的核心网设备基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI类似，例如，基于第二S-NSSAI和上述的映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，或者，网络切片选择设备已知目标接入网设备中的能够为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，该网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，切换的方法方法还包括：该核心网设备基于该会话的标识确定该第二S-NSSAI；该核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送该第二S-NSSAI该该该；该核心网设备接收该网络切片选择设备发送的该第一S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知第一S-NSSAI可以是从网络切片选择设备接收到了该第一S-NSSAI，具体地，网络切片选择设备能够确定第一S-NSSAI可以是核心网设备基于该会话的标识确定该第二S-NSSAI，并向网络切片选择设备发送上述第二S-NSSAI，网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，将确定的第一S-NSSAI发送给核心网设备，为核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI提供灵活的方案。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备接收该目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中 的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，核心网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是核心网设备接收到目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，为核心网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备基于预设策略确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该核心网设备基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，核心网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是核心网设备基于预设策略确定的，为核心网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
应理解，本申请实施例中所涉及的预设策略可以是运营商规定的。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备向该目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备基于预设策略确定了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由接口建立响应消息发送给目标接入网设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该方法还包括：该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该切换需求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，若终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的，则在终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的过程中，目标接入网设备中的为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第三S-NSSAI，则在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的过程中，源接入网设备可以将第三S-NSSAI包括在切换需求消息中，使得核心网设备可以直接确定该第三S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为上述会话提供服务。
应理解，上述的第三S-NSSAI可以为上述的第一S-NSSAI。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，切换需求消息可以包括指示切换类型的第一指示信息，使得核心网设备能够获知当前发生小区切换的切换类型。
例如，切换类型可以为从独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN切换至陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，切换类型可以为从PLMN切换至陆上公用移动通信网NSA NPN。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备可以将源接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第二S-NSSAI包括在切换请求消息中通知给目标接入网设备，使得目标接入网设备能够获知该第二S-NSSAI。
可选地，当目标接入网设备获知该第二S-NSSAI的情况下，当终端设备切换至目标接入网设备之后，又从目标接入网设备切换至源接入网设备的话，目标接入网设备可以将该第二S-NSSAI通知给核心网设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该切换请求来至于该源接入网设备。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备可以将指示切换请求来至于该源接入网设备的第二指示信息包括在切换请求消息中通知给目标接入网设备，使得目标接入网设备获知切换请求来至于源接入网设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
例如，源接入网设备支持NSA NPN和PLMN，目标接入网设备仅支持PLMN，则本申请实施例中终端设备是从源接入网设备中的NSA NPN小区切换至目标接入网设备中的PLMN小区。
第二方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：源接入网设备向核心网设备发送切换需求消息，该切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；该源接入网设备接收该核心网设备发送的切换命令消息，该切换命令消息用于指示该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备，该目标接入网设备中的为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，源接入网设备确定终端设备需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备之后，源接入网设备向核心网设备发送切换需求消息，并在切换需求 消息包括会话的标识，该会话的标识对应的第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，目标接入网设备中的为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI，第一S-NSSAI与第二S-NSSAI相异，使得会话切换至目标接入网设备时能够由该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务，从而能够提高会话的连续性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，为了使得核心网设备能够获知上述的第二S-NSSAI，源接入网设备向核心网设备发送的切换需求消息中可以包括上述的第二S-NSSAI，为核心网设备获知第二S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息中还包括目标标识。
目标标识用于标识目标接入网设备。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该方法还包括：该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该切换需求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSA。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，若终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的，则在终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的过程中，目标接入网设备中的为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第三S-NSSAI，则在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的过程中，源接入网设备可以将第三S-NSSAI包括在切换需求消息中，使得核心网设备可以直接确定该第三S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为上述会话提供服务。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，切换需求消息可以包括指示切换类型的第一指示信息，使得核心网设备能够获知当前发生小区切换的切换类型。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
第三方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：目标接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中的会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入 网设备的会话；该目标接入网设备向该核心网设备发送切换响应消息，该切换响应消息用于指示该终端设备能够切换至目标接入网设备。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，使得目标接入网设备确定目标接入网设备中的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI的网络切片为会话提供服务，使得会话切换至目标接入网设备时能够由该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务，从而能够提高会话的连续性。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，提供了一种切换的方法，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，目标接入网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是目标接入网设备接收到管理设备发送的配置信息，为目标接入网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备向该核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备获知了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由接口建立请求消息发送给核心网设备。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该目标接入网设备接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，目标接入网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是目标接入网设备接收到核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，为目标接入网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行 的方案。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括第二S-NSSA。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备可以将源接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第二S-NSSAI包括在切换请求消息中通知给目标接入网设备，使得目标接入网设备能够获知该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该切换请求来至于该源接入网设备。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备可以将指示切换请求来至于该源接入网设备的第二指示信息包括在切换请求消息中通知给目标接入网设备，使得通知给目标接入网设备获知切换请求来至于源接入网设备。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：管理设备确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，或者，该管理设备确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，管理设备可以基于预设策略获知目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的唯一一个网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，管理设备基于预设策略能够获知上述映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI，为管理设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：管理设备向目标接入网设备发送配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该配置信息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，管理设备基于预设策略确定了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由配置信息发送给目标接入网设备。
第五方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：网络切片选择设备接收核心网设备发送的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，该第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；该网络切片选择设备基于该第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务；该网络切片选择设备向该核心网设备发送该第一S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知第一S-NSSAI可以是从网络切片选择设备接收到了该第一S-NSSAI，具体地，网络切片选择设备能够确定第一S-NSSAI可以是核心网设备基于该会话的标识确定该第二S-NSSAI，并向网络切片选择设备发送上述第二S-NSSAI，网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，将确定的第一S-NSSAI发送给核心网设备，为核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI提供灵活的方案。
第六方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：网络切片选择设备接收核心网设备发送的会话的标识，该会话为终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；该网络切片选择设备基于该会话的标识确定第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，该第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI；该网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务；该网络切片选择设备向该核心网设备发送该第一S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知第一S-NSSAI可以是从网络切片选择设备接收到了该第一S-NSSAI，具体地，网络切片选择设备能够确定第一S-NSSAI可以是核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送上述会话的标识，网络切片选择设备基于该会话的标识与源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系确定出第二S-NSSAI，并基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，将确定的第一S-NSSAI发送给核心网设备，为核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI提供灵活的方案。
第七方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：目标接入网设备接收源接入网设备发送的切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话；该目标接入网设备基于该会话的标识对应的第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中该会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI；该目标接入网设备向核心网设备发送路径转移请求消息，该路径转移请求消息包括该第一S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备接收源接入网设备发送的切换请求消息之后，获知会话将从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备，由目标接入网设备中的网络切片提供服务，目标接入网设备确定出能够为该会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，使得会话切换至目标接入网设备时能够由该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务，从而能够提高会话的连续性。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备可以将第二S-NSSAI包括在路径转移请求消息中通知给核心网设备，使得核心网设备能够获知源接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备基于该第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；或 者，该目标接入网设备确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备基于上述的第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，映射关系为源接入网设备和目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系，也就是说目标接入网设备在已知源接入网设备中的网络切片的第二S-NSSAI以及映射关系能够确定目标接入网设备中的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI。
或者，目标接入网设备能够直接确定出第一S-NSSAI而无需基于第二S-NSSAI和映射关系，例如，目标接入网设备为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI即为第一S-NSSAI，则目标接入网设备只要从源接入网设备接收到切换需求消息，就能够获知即将从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的终端设备的会话将由目标接入网设备中的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI的网络切片服务。为目标接入网设备确定第一S-NSSAI提供灵活可变的方案。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，目标接入网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是目标接入网设备接收到管理设备发送的配置信息，为目标接入网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，目标接入网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是目标接入网设备接收到核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，为目标接入网设备能够获知上述第 一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该方法还包括：该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该路径转移请求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，若终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的，则在终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的过程中，目标接入网设备中的为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第三S-NSSAI，则在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的过程中，目标接入网设备可以将第三S-NSSAI包括在路径转移请求消息中。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，路径转移请求消息可以包括指示切换类型的第一指示信息，使得核心网设备能够获知当前发生小区切换的切换类型。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
第八方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；该源接入网设备接收该目标接入网设备发送的切换请求响应消息，该切换请求响应消息用于指示该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备，该目标接入网设备中的为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，源接入网设备确定终端设备需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备之后，源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，并在切换请求消息包括会话的标识，该会话的标识对应的第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，目标接入网设备中的为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI，第一S-NSSAI与第二S-NSSAI相异，使得会话切换至目标接入网设备时能够由该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务，从而能够提高会话的连续性。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，为了使得目标接入网设备能够获知上述的第二S-NSSAI，源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送的切换请求消息中可以包括上述的第二S-NSSAI，为目标接入网设备获知第二S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该方法还包括：该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该切换请求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSA。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，若终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的，则在终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换到源接入网设备的过程中，目标接入网设备中的为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第三S-NSSAI，则在终端设备当前需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的过程中，源接入网设备可以将第三S-NSSAI包括在切换请求消息中，使得目标接入网设备可以直接确定该第三S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为上述会话提供服务。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，切换请求消息可以包括指示切换类型的第一指示信息，使得目标接入网设备能够获知当前发生小区切换的切换类型。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
第九方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：核心网设备接收目标接入网设备发送的路径转移请求消息，该路径转移请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该会话的标识对应的该源接入网设备中网络切片的S-NSSAI，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；该核心网设备向该目标接入网设备发送路径转移请求响应消息，该路径转移请求响应消息用于指示该核心网设备获知下行传输路径发生改变。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备接收到目标接入网设备发送的路径转移请求消息，获知会话将从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备，由目标接入网设备中的网络切片提供服务，会话切换至目标接入网设备时能够由该第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务，从而能够提高会话的连续性。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，为了使得核心网设备能够获知上述的第二S-NSSAI，目标接入网设备向核心网设备发送的路径转移请求消息中可以包括上述的第二S-NSSAI，为核心网设备获知第二S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备接收该目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，核心网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是核心网设备接收到目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，为核心网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备基于预设策略确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该核心网设备基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，核心网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是核心网设备基于预设策略确定的，为核心网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备向该目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备基于预设策略确定了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由接口建立响应消息发送给目标接入网设备。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该切换请求来至于该第一网络设备。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备可以将指示切换请求来至于该源接入网设备的第二指示信息包括在切换请求消息中通知给核心网设备，使得核心网设备获知切换请求来至于源接入网设备。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
第十方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：管理设备确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，或者，该管理设备确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，管理设备可以基于预设策略获知目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的唯一一个网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，管理设备基于预设策略能够获知上述映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI，为管理设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：管理设备向目标接入网设备发送配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该配置信息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，管理设备基于预设策略确定了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由配置信息发送给目标接入网设备。
第十一方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：核心网设备接收目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，核心网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，核心网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是核心网设备接收到目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，为核心网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
第十二方面，提供了一种切换的方法，包括：目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括映射关 系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，目标接入网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是目标接入网设备接收到管理设备发送的配置信息，为目标接入网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该目标接入网设备向核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，目标接入网设备获知了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由接口建立请求消息发送给核心网设备。
第十三方面，提供了用于一种通信方法，包括：管理设备确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，或者，该管理设备确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，管理设备可以基于预设策略获知目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的唯一一个网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，管理设备基于预设策略能够获知上述映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI，为管理设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：管理设备向目标接入网设备发送配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该配置信息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，管理设备基于预设策略确定了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由配置信息发送给目标接入网设备。
第十四方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：核心网设备确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该核心网设备确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，核心网设备可以基于预设策略获知目标接入网设备中 有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，核心网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是核心网设备基于预设策略确定的，为核心网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
应理解，本申请实施例中所涉及的预设策略可以是运营商规定的。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该核心网设备向该目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，核心网设备基于预设策略确定了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI之后，可以经由接口建立响应消息发送给目标接入网设备。
第十五方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：目标接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该目标接入网设备接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，目标接入网设备能够获知目标接入网设备中有为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，或者，目标接入网设备能够获知上述的映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个为需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI，可以是目标接入网设备接收到核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，为目标接入网设备能够获知上述第一S-NSSAI，或者，映射关系和目标接入网设备中的多个网络切片的S-NSSAI提供可行的方案。
第十六方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息，该切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；发送单元，用于向该目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中该会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理单元，用于基于该目标标识确定该目标接入网设备；该处理单元基于该第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；或者，该处理单元确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从 该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元基于该第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSA之前，该接收单元还用于接收该源接入网设备发送的该切换需求消息，该切换需求消息包括该第二S-NSSAI；或者，该处理单元基于该会话的标识确定该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该发送单元，还用于向网络切片选择设备发送该会话的标识，该会话的标识用于指示该网络切片选择设备确定该第二S-NSSAI；该接收单元，还用于接收该网络切片选择设备发送的该第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI为该网络切片选择设备基于该第二S-NSSAI确定的。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元，还用于基于该会话的标识确定该第二S-NSSAI；该发送单元，还用于向网络切片选择设备发送该第二S-NSSAI该该该；该核心网设备接收该网络切片选择设备发送的该第一S-NSSAI。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该接收单元，还用于接收该目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元，还用于基于预设策略确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该处理单元，还用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该发送单元，还用于向该目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该装置还包括：该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该切换需求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该切换请求来至于该源接入网设备。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
第十六方面以及第十六方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第一方面以及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的核心网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面中的核心网设备或核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十七方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：发送单元，用于向核心网设备发送切换需求消息，该切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；该源接入网设备接收该核心网设备发送的切换命令消息，该切换命令消息用于指示该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备，该目标接入网设备中的为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该装置还包括：该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该切换需求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSA。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的某些实现方式中，该切换需求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
第十七方面以及第十七方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第二方面以及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的源接入网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第二方面中的源接入网设备或源接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十八方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务I，该第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中的会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网 设备的会话；发送单元，用于向该核心网设备发送切换响应消息，该切换响应消息用于指示该终端设备能够切换至目标接入网设备。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的某些实现方式中，该接收单元，还用于接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接收单元，还用于接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的某些实现方式中，该发送单元，还用于向该核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的某些实现方式中，该接收单元，还用于接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接收单元，还用于接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括第二S-NSSA。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该切换请求来至于该源接入网设备。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
第十八方面以及第十八方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第三方面以及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的目标接入网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第三方面中的目标接入网设备或目标接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十九方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，或者，该处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第十九方面，在第十九方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：发送单元，用于 向目标接入网设备发送配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该配置信息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
第十九方面以及第十九方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的通信装置，可以用来执行第四方面以及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的管理设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第四方面中的管理设备或管理设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收核心网设备发送的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，该第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；处理单元，用于基于该第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务；发送单元，用于向该核心网设备发送该第一S-NSSAI。
第二十方面的中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第五方面以及第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络切片选择设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第五方面中的网络切片选择设备或网络切片选择设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十一方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收核心网设备发送的会话的标识，该会话为终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；处理单元，用于基于该会话的标识确定第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，该第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI；该处理单元，还用于基于第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务；发送单元，用于向该核心网设备发送该第一S-NSSAI。
第二十一方面的中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第六方面以及第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络切片选择设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第六方面中的网络切片选择设备或网络切片选择设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十二方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收源接入网设备发送的切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；处理单元，用于基于该会话的标识对应的第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定第一S-NSSAI，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中该会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI；发送单元，用于向核心网设备发送路径转移请求消息，该路径转移请求消息包括该第一S-NSSAI。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元，还用于基于该 第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定该第一S-NSSAI，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；或者，该处理单元，还用于确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，该接收单元，还用于接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接收单元，还用于接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，该接收单元，还用于接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该路径转移请求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
结合第二十二方面，在第二十二方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
第二十二方面以及第二十二方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第七方面以及第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的目标接入网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第七方面以及第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第七方面中的目标接入网设备或目标接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十三方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：发送单元，用于向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，该切换请求消息包括会话的标识，其中，该会话为终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为该源接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；接收单元， 用于接收该目标接入网设备发送的切换请求响应消息，该切换请求响应消息用于指示该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备，该目标接入网设备中的为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI。
结合第二十三方面，在第二十三方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第二十三方面，在第二十三方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备之前，该终端设备从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备；该切换请求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，该第三S-NSSAI为该会话从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的情况下，该目标接入网设备中为该会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSA。
结合第二十三方面，在第二十三方面的某些实现方式中，该切换请求消息还包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备的从该源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的切换类型。
结合第二十三方面，在第二十三方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
第二十三方面以及第二十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第八方面以及第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的源接入网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第八方面以及第八面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第八方面中的源接入网设备或源接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十四方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收目标接入网设备发送的路径转移请求消息，该路径转移请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和该目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为该会话提供服务，该第二S-NSSAI为该会话的标识对应的该源接入网设备中网络切片的S-NSSAI，该会话为终端设备的需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；发送单元，用于向该目标接入网设备发送路径转移请求响应消息，该路径转移请求响应消息用于指示下行传输路径发生改变。
结合第二十四方面，在第二十四方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息中还包括该第二S-NSSAI。
结合第二十四方面，在第二十四方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：该接收单元，还用于接收该目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十四方面，在第二十四方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理单元， 用于基于预设策略确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十四方面，在第二十四方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：该发送单元，还用于向该目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
结合第二十四方面，在第二十四方面的某些实现方式中，该路径转移请求消息中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该切换请求来至于该第一网络设备。
结合第二十四方面，在第二十四方面的某些实现方式中，该源接入网设备支持非独立组网NSA非公共网络NPN，该目标接入网设备支持陆上公用移动通信网PLMN；或者，该目标接入网设备支持NSA NPN，该源接入网设备支持PLMN。
本申请实施例提供的切换的装置，上述源接入网设备和目标接入网设备一个支持NSA NPN，另一个支持PLMN，也就是说本申请实施例中终端设备是在NSA NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换。
第二十四方面以及第二十四方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第九方面以及第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的核心网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第九方面以及第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第九方面中的核心网设备或核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十五方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，或者，该处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十五方面，在第二十五方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：发送单元，用于向目标接入网设备发送配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该配置信息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
第二十五方面以及第二十五方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换装置，可以用来执行第十方面以及第十方面的任意可能的实现方式中的管理设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第十方面以及第十方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第十方面中的管理设备或管理设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十六方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息 S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片该为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
第二十六方面以及第二十六方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的核心网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第十一方面中的核心网设备或核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十七方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接收单元，用于接收管理设备发送的配置信息，该配置信息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十七方面，在第二十七方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：发送单元，用于向核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
第二十七方面以及第二十七方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的目标接入网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第十二方面中的目标接入网设备或目标接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十八方面，提供了用于一种切换的装置，包括：处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至该目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，或者，该处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十八方面，在第二十八方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：发送单元，用于向目标接入网设备发送配置信息，该配置信息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该配置信息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
第二十八方面以及第二十八方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的管理设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描 述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第十三方面中的管理设备或管理设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第二十九方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该处理单元，用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
结合第二十九方面，在第二十九方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：发送单元，用于向该目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，该接口建立请求消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，或者，该接口建立响应消息中包括该映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
第二十九方面以及第二十九方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的核心网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第十四方面中的核心网设备或核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第三十方面，提供了一种切换的装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI对应的该目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从该源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；或者，该接收单元，用于接收该核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，该接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，该映射关系为该源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
第三十方面以及第三十方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的切换的装置，可以用来执行第十五方面以及第十五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的目标接入网设备的操作。具体地，切换的装置包括用于执行上述第十五方面以及第十五方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第十五方面中的目标接入网设备或目标接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第三十一方面，提供了一种通信设备，包括，处理器，收发器，存储器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该收发器，用于执行第一至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的切换的方法中的收发步骤，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第一至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的切换的方法。
可选地，处理器为一个或多个，存储器为一个或多个。
可选地，存储器可以与处理器集成在一起，或者存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选的，收发器包括，发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
一个可能的设计中，提供了一种通信设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第一方面、第九方面、第十一方面和第十四方面以及第一方面、第九方面、第十一方面和第十四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
另一个可能的设计中，提供了一种通信设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第二方面和第八方面以及第二方面和第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
又一个可能的设计中，提供了一种通信设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第三方面、第七方面、第十二方面和第十五方面以及第三方面、第七方面、第十二方面和第十五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
又一个可能的设计中，提供了一种通信设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第四方面、第十方面和第十三方面以及第四方面、第十方面和第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
又一个可能的设计中，提供了一种通信设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第五方面和第六方面以及第五方面和第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第三十二方面，提供了一种系统，系统包括第十六方面至第三十方面提供的切换的装置。
第三十三方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当计算机程序被运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第三十四方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第三十五方面，提供了一种芯片系统，包括存储器和处理器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1是能够适用本申请实施例切换的方法的通信系统100的示意图。
图2是一种S-NSSAI的结构示意图。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种切换的方法的示意性流程图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备之间交互网络切片的信息的示意性流程图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI或映射关系的方法的示意性流程图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI或映射关系的方法的示意性流程图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种切换的方法的示意性流程图。
图8是本申请提出的切换的装置800的示意图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种核心网设备900。
图10是本申请提出的切换的装置1000的示意图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种源接入网设备1100。
图12是本申请提出的切换的装置1200的示意图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种目标接入网设备1300。
图14是本申请提出的切换的装置1400的示意图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种管理设备1500。
图16是本申请提出的切换的装置1600的示意图。
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种网络切片选择设备1700。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)等，本申请中所述的5G移动通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)的5G移动通信系统或独立组网(standalone，SA)的5G移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things，IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云 端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的用户设备，IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中，IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band，NB)技术，做到海量连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为5G，如，NR，系统中的gNB，或，传输点(TRP或TP)，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)，或，分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。
在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外，可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network，RAN)中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network，CN)中的网络设备，本申请对此不做限定。应理解，本申请中主要涉及接入网设备，可以是NR系统中的网络设备或者LTE系统中的网络设备。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备， 或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
图1是能够适用本申请实施例切换的方法的通信系统100的示意图。该示意图中包括核心网设备、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备和终端设备。其中，本申请实施例切换的方法主要涉及到核心网中的接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元，AMF网元能够为终端设备提供移动性管理等功能，AMF网元也可以称之为AMF。另外本申请实施例切换的方法可以应用在终端设备在NSA网络架构下的NPN小区和PLMN小区之间的切换，当切换指的是从NPN小区切换至PLMN小区，则图1中的第一接入网设备可以是NPN小区中的接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以是PLMN小区中的接入网设备，当切换指的是从PLMN小区切换至NPN小区，则图1中的第一接入网设备可以是PLMN小区中的接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以是NPN小区中的接入网设备。本申请中的无线接入网设备可以包括5G通信系统中的网络设备或者是LTE通信系统中的网络设备，本申请对此并不限制。图1中，AMF与接入网设备之间存在接口，例如:N2接口、NG接口或其他接口，本申请对此并不限制。第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备之间存在接口，为实现终端设备在第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备之间进行切换提供基础。
应理解，图1只是一种本申请实施例提供的切换的方法能够应用的场景图，对本申请的保护范围并不构成任何限定，本申请实施例提供的切换的方法可以应用在终端设备从PLMN小区切换至NPN小区，或终端设备从NPN小区切换至PLMN小区的场景下，这里不再一一列举。
还应理解，图1中的第一接入网设备可以同时支持NPN小区和PLMN小区，同理第二接入网设备也可以同时支持NPN小区和PLMN小区，当终端设备如图1所示的从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，本申请中主要涉及的是终端设备在NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换，对于NPN小区对应的第一接入网设备是否同时支持其他的PLMN小区并不限制，也就是说本申请中所涉及的切换指的是终端设备从一个接入网设备切换至另一个接入网设备，并且是从一个接入网设备中的NPN小区切换至另一个接入网设备中的PLMN小区，或者，从一个接入网设备中的PLMN小区切换至另一个接入网设备中的NPN小区。
为了便于理解本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，下面简单介绍本申请实施例涉及到的几个基本的概念：
1、网络切片选择辅助信息(network slice selection assistance information，NSSAI)。
NSSAI可以是一个标准定义的信息，还可以是一个在PLMN内部私有定义的信息。一个NSSAI是由多个单网络切片选择辅助信息(single-NSSAI，S-NSSAI)组成，每个S-NSSAI可以对应到一个特定的网络切片，接入网设备根据NSSAI将终端设备的初始接入路由至AMF。
2、S-NSSAI。
S-NSSAI用于标识网络切片(slice)，应理解一个网络切片，用S-NSSAI进行标识。其中，S-NSSAI的结构如图2所示，图2是一种S-NSSAI的结构示意图，可能由两部分组成：
1)切片/服务类型(slice/service type，SST)，SST指的是网络切片能够提供的功能和服务。协议规定0～127为标准SST的取值范围，128～255属于运营商自定义范围。
2)网络切片区分标识(slice differentiator，SD)，SD是可选信息，在S-NSSAI中作为SST的补充信息，用于区分相同SST的多个网络切片。具体地，SD用于选择网络切片实例(network slice instances，NSI)是对SST的补足信息，当SST指向多个NSI的时候，SD可以进一步对这些NSI进行区分。
为了便于理解，图2中以SST长度为一字节，SD长度为三字节为例说明S-NSSAI的结构，应理解，图2只是以举例的形式说明S-NSSAI的结构，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何限制。
3、目标标识(target ID)。
目标标识用于识别切换的目标(identifies the target for the handover)，例如，目标为目标接入网设备或者目标小区，该目标标识可以有如下的形式：网络设备标识，例如全球网络设备标识(Global eNB-ID)(还可以包含选择的跟踪区指示(tracking area indication，TAI))；小区标识，例如物理小区ID(physical cell ID，PCI)或者全球小区标识(global community identification，GCI Cell ID)；CU标识；DU标识等，本申请实施例中对于目标标识的具体形式并不限制，可以是能够标识目标接入网设备或者目标小区的任意一种标识，这里不再一一举例说明。
4、跟踪区(tracking area，TA)。
一个TA包括一个或者多个小区，如果包含多个小区，那么该多个小区可以属于一个网络设备，也可以属于多个网络设备。
5、注册区(registration area，RA)。
一个RA包括一个或者多个TA，如果终端设备移动出了RA的覆盖范围，那么终端设备会触发注册区更新的过程。
6、允许的网络切片(allowed NSSAI)。
在注册区更新或者终端设备初始接入的时候由核心网为终端设备分配的网络切片标识信息，指示终端设备在当前注册区域内可以发起的业务，即可以发起的会话所属的网络切片只能在allowed NSSAI中。
7、封闭接入组(closed access group，CAG)。
如果一个网络设备或者小区是属于封闭接入组，那么只有是这个封闭接入组的注册终端设备才能够接入这个网络。也就是说，只有是这个封闭接入组注册的终端设备才能够被该小区服务。不同的CAG对应不同的CAG标识(identify，ID)。可以理解的是，针对 特殊的用户，例如紧急呼叫的业务，如果发起紧急呼叫的终端不是这个封闭接入组的注册终端设备，也可以接入这个网络，例如可以采用低优先级进行服务，在此，不做特别的限制。应理解，本申请实施例中封闭接入组只是一个代指，表示只有特定用户才可以接入网络，本申请实施例中称为封闭接入组只是一种举例，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定，本申请实施例中的封闭接入组还可以是其他的名称，例如，封闭订阅组(closed subscribe group，CSG)，在此不做限制。
上面简单介绍了本申请实施例提供的切换的方法能够应用的场景，以及本申请实施例涉及到的几个基本的概念。进一步地，为了便于对本申请实施例提供的切换的方法的改进，在介绍本申请实施例提供的切换的方法之前，先简单介绍一种切换的方法的流程和存在缺陷。
为了禁止非NPN中的终端设备接入NPN，NPN中的网络设备广播CAG标识，从而使得非NPN中的终端设备不选择接入，本申请中所涉及的NPN指的是NSA架构下的NPN，下文中为了描述的简洁直接描述为NPN。
从当前协议的定义来看，一个小区要么是NPN小区，要么是PLMN小区。具体地，NPN对应的S-NSSAI与PLMN对应的S-NSSAI不同，在当前网络切片机制下，如果目标接入网设备不支持源接入网设备的Slice，那么发生终端设备在目标接入网设备和源接入网设备之间切换时，终端设备进行的会话中该Slice对应的会话会被终止。例如，如果终端设备从网络设备1切换到网络设备2，假设网络设备1支持网络切片A和B，网络设备2支持网络切片B和C，并且终端设备在网络设备1中正在进行两个会话，会话1和会话2，其中会话1对应网络切片A，会话2对应网络切片B，在终端从网络设备1切换到网络设备2的过程中，需要将会话1和和会话2都切换过去，但是由于网络设备2不支持网络切片A，所以针对会话1，采用现有的方案，会话1的切换会被网络设备2拒绝。对应到NPN中，NPN对应的网络切片和运营商(PLMN)的网络切片会存在差异，因此从NPN的小区切换到PLMN的小区则可能会导致会话被拒绝，从而不能支持会话的连续性。
由上述可知NSA架构下的NPN对应的网络切片和PLMN对应的网络切片会存在差异，因此终端设备在NSA架构下的NPN小区与PLMN小区之间发生切换时，可能会导致终端设备正在进行的会话被目标小区拒绝，影响会话的连续性。为了在发生NPN小区与PLMN小区之间切换时，保证会话的连续性，本申请实施例中提供一种切换的方法，通过目标网络设备获知自身支持源接入网设备中会话的网络切片的S-NSSAI，和/或，AMF获知目标网络设备中支持源接入网设备中会话的网络切片的S-NSSAI，在发生终端设备从源接入网设备到目标网络设备切换的时候，为源接入网设备中的会话配置目标网络设备中的网络切片，以保证会话的连续性。
下面从信令交互的角度结合图3-图7详细介绍本申请实施例提供的切换的方法。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种切换的方法的示意性流程图。该流程涉及源接入网设备、目标接入网设备和核心网设备。其中，源接入网设备为终端设备发生小区切换之前连接的接入网设备，可以称之为源接入网设备、目标接入网设备为终端设备发生小区切换之后需要连接的接入网设备，可以称之为目标网络设备；终端设备发生切换之前，由源接入网设备中的网络切片为终端设备的会话提供服务，终端设备发生切换之后，由目标接入网设备中的网络切片为终端设备的会话提供服务。
本申请提供的切换的方法可以应用在NPN小区与PLMN小区之间切换的场景下。上述的源接入网设备可以为NPN小区中的接入网设备、目标接入网设备可以为PLMN小区中的接入网设备，或者，上述的目标接入网设备可以为NPN小区中的接入网设备、源接入网设备可以为PLMN小区中的接入网设备，或者，源接入网设备同时支持NPN和PLMN、目标接入网设备只支持NPN，或者，源接入网设备只支持NPN、目标接入网设备同时支持NPN和PLMN。
应理解，本申请提供的切换方法还可以应用在建立双连接的场景下，例如，终端设备与源接入网设备建立连接之后，需要与目标接入网设备建立连接，可选地源接入网设备可以为NPN小区中的接入网设备、目标接入网设备可以为PLMN小区中的接入网设备，此时终端设备中的部分会话需要切换至目标接入网设备上，有目标接入网设备为会话提供服务，那么在会话切换的过程中，可以利用本申请提供的切换方法，以保持会话的连续性。
本申请中所涉及的核心网设备包括核心网控制面设备，可以是核心网中的AMF，或者其他能够实现AMF在本实施例中的功能的装置。
应理解，本申请实施例提供的切换方法涉及源接入网设备、目标接入网设备和核心网设备之间的信令交互，网络设备与终端设备之间的信令可以参考现有协议中的规定，本申请中并不涉及该部分的改进，因此图3中并为示出终端设备。
还应理解，本申请实施例中涉及的NPN指的是NSA架构下的NPN，为了便于描述，本申请实施例所述的方法流程中可以将NSA架构下的NPN简述为NPN。
该切换的方法包括以下步骤：
S310，源接入网设备向核心网设备发送切换需求(handover required)消息。
该切换需求消息可以包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话。
应理解，终端设备在发生从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的情况下，终端设备可能进行多个会话，该多个会话均需要从由源接入网设备提供服务切换至由目标接入网设备提供服务，本申请是为了便于描述以终端设备中的需要切换的某一个会话为例进行说明，终端设备其他进行的会话在发生上述的切换的时候，与上述的会话处理过程类似，本申请中不再赘述。
具体地，切换需求消息还包括目标标识，该目标标识用于识别切换的目标，在图3所示的实施例中目标标识用于核心网设备确定目标接入网设备。可选地，该目标标识为终端设备进行小区切换的目标小区的标识，例如，目标标识为物理小区ID，或者，目标标识为全球小区ID，或者，目标标识为目标接入网设备的全球网络设备标识等。
应理解，在源接入网设备向核心网设备发送切换需求消息之前，图3所述的方法流程还包括S301，源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备。例如，源接入网设备基于映射信息确定出目标接入网设备，在确定了目标接入网设备之后，源接入网设备能够获知上述的目标标识，并将目标标识包括在切换需求消息中发送给核心网设备，使得核心网设备能够基于目标标识确定出目标接入网设备。
上述源接入网设备基于映射信息确定出目标接入网设备，一种可能的方式指的是源接入网设备基于源接入网设备和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系，并根据源接入网设备服务的小区中为终端设备当前会话提供服务对应的网络切片的 S-NSSAI以及映射关系确定其他网络设备是否支持与当前网络切片的S-NSSAI满足映射关系的网络切片，从而确定哪些或者哪个网络设备可以作为目标接入网设备。
另一种可能的方式，指的是源接入网设备基于源接入网设备支持的网络切片的S-NSSAI和目标接入网设备服务的小区所属的CAG ID之间的映射关系，并根据为终端设备提供服务的当前网络切片的S-NSSAI以及映射关系确定其他网络设备服务的小区是否属于与当前网络切片满足映射关系的CAG，从而确定哪些或者哪个网络设备可以作为目标接入网设备。
另一种方式，指的是源接入网设备基于服务的小区的CAG ID与目标基站的支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为终端设备提供服务的当前CAG ID以及映射关系确定其他网络设备服务的小区支持满足映射关系的网络切片S-NSSAI，从而确定哪些或者那个网络设备可以作为目标接入网设备。
可选地，源接入网设备基于源接入网设备和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为终端设备当前会话提供服务对应的网络切片以及映射关系确定目标接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，则所述切换需求消息中还可以包括该第一S-NSSAI，举例来说，目标接入网设备的网络切片的映射关系为：S-NSSAI#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#A；S-NSSAI#2对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，若在源网络设备中为终端设备提供服务的PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，则源网络设备确定在目标网络设备服务的小区中PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#2；
在另一种可能的方式中，源接入网设备基于CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为终端设备提供服务的当前CAG ID以及映射关系确定目标接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，则所述切换需求消息中还包括该第一S-NSSAI，举例来说，CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系：CAG ID#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#A；CAG ID#2对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，若在源网络设备中为终端设备提供服务的PDU会话#1对应的CAG ID为S-CAG ID#1(即该会话属于CAG ID#1)，则源网络设备确定在目标网络设备服务的小区中PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#1；
在另一种可能的方式中，源接入网设备基于CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为目标接入网设备的CAG ID为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，则所述切换需求消息中还包括该第一S-NSSAI，举例来说，CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系：CAG ID#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#A；CAG ID#2对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，若在源网络设备确定将终端的PDU会话#1切换到目标网络设备中的CAG ID#2(例如切换的目标小区为CAG ID#2)，则源网络设备确定在目标网络设备服务的小区中PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#2。
可选地，上述映射信息可以是保存在源接入网设备的本地储存系统中，或者，保存在源接入网设备的缓存系统中；同理上述映射关系也可以是保存在源接入网设备的本地储存系统中，或者，保存在源接入网设备的缓存系统中
可选地，上述会话为协议数据单元会话(protocol data unit session，PDU session)，则上述会话的标识可以第PDU session ID。
一种可能的实现方式，在终端设备从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备之前，终端 设备是从该目标接入网设备切换至该源接入网设备的，并且该目标接入网设备中为终端设备进行的上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第三S-NSSAI，则该切换需求消息中还包括有该第三S-NSSAI。
应理解，当切换需求消息包括有该第三S-NSSAI的情况下，目标接入网设备可以采用该第三S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为上述需要切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务。
一种可能的实现方式，该切换需求消息中还包括切换类型信息，所述切换类型信息用于指示当前发生的切换是从源接入网设备所属的通信网络到目标接入网设备所属的通信网络的切换。
例如，源接入网设备为支持NPN的网络设备，目标接入网设备为支持PLMN的网络设备，则切换类型信息用于指示该切换是从NPN到PLMN的切换；或者，源接入网设备为支持PLMN的网络设备，目标接入网设备为支持NPN的网络设备，则切换类型信息用于指示该切换是从PLMN到NPN的切换；或者切换类型信息用于指示是PLMN与NPN之间的切换。
应理解，该切换类型信息可以用于辅助上述的核心网设备判断终端设备切换为从何种类型的小区切换至何种类型的小区。这样可以避免核心网设备判断错误，例如，目标接入网设备同时支持NPN和PLMN时，当切换需求消息中还包括切换类型信息时，核心网设备能够准确判断是切换至目标接入网设备支持的NPN还是PLMN。
进一步地，核心网设备接收到源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息之后，需要获知目标接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，并将该第一S-NSSAI通知给目标接入网设备。其中，第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的。
也就是说核心网设备在自身确定第一S-NSSAI之前，需要先获知第二S-NSSAI。具体地，本申请实施例中，核心网设备获知上述的第二S-NSSAI包括以下两种可能的实现方式：
一种可能的实现方式，核心网设备基于切换需求消息包括的会话的标识确定出第二S-NSSAI；另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向核心网设备发送的切换需求消息包括该第二S-NSSAI。
具体地，本申请实施例中，核心网设备获知上述的第一S-NSSAI包括以下几种可能：
可能一：
核心网设备接收到源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息之后，基于该切换需求消息包括的信息确定目标接入网设备能够为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI。图3所示的方法流程还包括S320，核心网设备确定第一S-NSSAI。
应理解，如果上述切换需求消息包括有该第一S-NSSAI，则核心网设备不需要进行第一S-NSSAI的确定过程，即核心网设备无需执行S320。
具体地，核心网设备基于该切换需求消息包括的信息确定第一S-NSSAI包括两种可能的情况：
情况一：
核心网设备基于切换需求消息包括的目标标识确定目标接入网设备；
核心网设备基于第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定第一S-NSSAI。该映射关系为源接入 网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；或者，映射关系为源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备服务的CAG的CAG ID之间的映射关系，则核心网设备基于第二S-NSSAI对应的CAG ID确定目标接入网设备中的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI。
情况二：
核心网设备基于切换需求消息包括的目标标识确定目标接入网设备；核心网设备已知该目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，该网络切片的S-NSSAI为上述的第一S-NSSAI，则核心网设备确定第一S-NSSAI；或者，核心网设备已知该目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的一个网络切片服务的CAG的CAG ID，则核心网设备基于该CAG ID确定第一S-NSSAI。
应理解，上述的映射关系可以是源接入网设备中的所有网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中的部分网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
例如，源接入网设备中所有网络切片的S-NSSAI包括S-NSSAI#1-1～S-NSSAI#1-10，目标接入网设备中所有网络切片的S-NSSAI包括S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-10，并且目标接入网设备该10个网络切片中有5个网络切片可以为需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，该5个网络切片的S-NSSAI包括S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-5。则上述映射关系为S-NSSAI#1-1～S-NSSAI#1-10与S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-5之间的对应关系，其中，S-NSSAI#1-1～S-NSSAI#1-10中的至少一个S-NSSAI对应于S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-5中的一个S-NSSAI。
或者，上述的映射关系还可以是源接入网设备中的所有网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中的全部网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
例如，源接入网设备中所有网络切片的S-NSSAI包括S-NSSAI#1-1～S-NSSAI#1-10，目标接入网设备中所有网络切片的S-NSSAI包括S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-10，并且目标接入网设备该10个网络切片可以为需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务。则上述映射关系为S-NSSAI#1-1～S-NSSAI#1-10与S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-10之间的对应关系，其中，S-NSSAI#1-1～S-NSSAI#1-10中的一个S-NSSAI对应于S-NSSAI#2-1～S-NSSAI#2-10中的一个S-NSSAI。
或者，上述的映射关系还可以是源接入网设备中的部分网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中的部分网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。这里不再一一举例说明。
上述映射关系可以为源接入网设备中的M个网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中的N个网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系，其中，M为大于或者等于N的正整数，M个网络切片的S-NSSAI中的至少一个S-NSSAI与N个网络切片的S-NSSAI中的一个S-NSSAI相对应，也就是说目标接入网设备中的一个网络切片可以同时服务源接入网设备中的多个网络切片服务的会话。
可能二：
核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送会话的标识，会话的标识用于指示网络切片选择设备确定第二S-NSSAI；核心网设备接收网络切片选择设备发送的第一S-NSSAI，第一S-NSSAI为网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI确定的。图3所示的方法流程还包括 S330，核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送会话的标识、S331，网络切片选择设备确定第二S-NSSAI、S332，网络切片选择设备确定第一S-NSSAI，以及S333，网络切片选择设备向核心网设备发送第一S-NSSAI。
其中，网络切片选择设备确定第二S-NSSAI包括：网络切片选择设备基于接收到的会话的标识，以及会话的标识与源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系确定第二S-NSSAI。
例如，10个会话的标识(会话的标识#1～会话的标识#10)与10个源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI(S-NSSAI#1～S-NSSAI#10)之间满足一一对应关系(会话的标识#1对应S-NSSAI#1、会话的标识#2对应S-NSSAI#2、会话的标识#3对应S-NSSAI#3、……、会话的标识#10对应S-NSSAI#10)，上述会话的标识为会话的标识#1，则网络切片选择设备接收到会话的标识#1之后基于会话的标识与源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系确定第二S-NSSAI为S-NSSAI#1。
进一步地，网络切片选择设备确定第一S-NSSAI包括：网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI和上述的映射关系确定第一S-NSSAI。
可能三：
核心网设备基于会话的标识确定所述第二S-NSSAI；核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送第二S-NSSAI，第二S-NSSAI用于指示所述网络切片选择设备确定所述第一S-NSSAI；核心网设备接收网络切片选择设备发送的第一S-NSSAI。图3所示的方法流程还包括S340，核心网设备确定第二S-NSSAI、S341，核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送第二S-NSSAI、S342，网络切片选择设备确定第一S-NSSAI，以及S343，网络切片选择设备向核心网设备发送第一S-NSSAI。
其中，核心网设备确定第二S-NSSAI：核心网设备基于接收到的会话的标识，以及会话的标识与源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系确定第二S-NSSAI。
进一步地，网络切片选择设备确定第一S-NSSAI包括：网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI和上述的映射关系确定第一S-NSSAI。
可能四：
上述切换需求消息包括第二S-NSSAI，则核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送第二S-NSSAI，第二S-NSSAI用于指示所述网络切片选择设备确定所述第一S-NSSAI；核心网设备接收网络切片选择设备发送的第一S-NSSAI。图3所示的方法流程还包括S350，核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送第二S-NSSAI、S351，网络切片选择设备确定第一S-NSSAI，以及S352，网络切片选择设备向核心网设备发送第一S-NSSAI。
其中，网络切片选择设备确定第一S-NSSAI包括：网络切片选择设备基于第二S-NSSAI和上述的映射关系确定第一S-NSSAI。
可选的，在目标标识对应的小区为NPN小区时，源基站为PLMN小区时，所述切换需求消息中还可以包括目标标识对应的CAG ID，该CAG ID可以用于AMF选择目标小区服务切换的会话对应的S-NSSAI。具体的选择方式包括：AMF基于第二S-NSSAI和CAG ID与S-NSSAI之间的映射关系确定第一S-NSSAI。
应理解，本申请实施例中网络切片选择设备可以是核心网中的NSSF，或者，会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元，或者其他能够实现NSSF或SMF在本 实施例中的功能的装置。
进一步地，核心网设备获知了上述的第一S-NSSAI之后，将该第一S-NSSAI通知给目标接入网设备。即，图3所示的方法流程还可以包括S360，核心网设备向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息。
该切换请求消息包括该第一S-NSSAI，其中，该第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，该第二S-NSSAI为切换需求消息包括的会话的标识对应的、源接入网设备中的为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
作为一种可能的实现方式，切换请求消息中还包括有上述的会话的标识。
作为一种可能的实现方式，切换请求消息中还包括有上述的第一S-NSSAI，目标接入网设备可以保存该第一S-NSSAI，则下一次终端设备需要从目标接入网设备切换至源接入网设备的情况下，源接入网设备可以重新使用第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为终端设备的第一会话提供服务。
一种可能的实现方式，该切换请求消息中还包括切换类型信息，所述切换类型信息用于指示当前发生的网络设备切换是从源接入网设备所属的通信网络到目标接入网设备所属的通信网络的切换。
具体地，切换请求消息中包括的切换类型信息与上述切换需求消息中包括的切换类型信息类似，这里不再赘述。
作为一种可能的实现方式，切换请求消息中还包括有第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述切换请求来至于所述源接入网设备。目标接入网设备基于该第二指示信息能够获知该切换请求来自于源接入网设备。
具体地，在目标接入网设备接收到核心网设备发送的切换请求消息之后，向核心网设备发送切换响应消息，即图3所示的方法流程还包括S370，目标接入网设备向核心网设备发送切换响应消息。该切换响应消息可以是切换请求确认消息。
进一步地，核心网设备接收到目标接入网设备发送的切换响应消息之后，确定终端设备可以从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备，则核心网设备向源接入网设备发送切换命令(handover command)消息，即图3所示的方法流程还包括S380，核心网设备向源接入网设备发送切换命令消息，完成切换。
具体地，源接入网设备能够确定出目标接入网设备可以是基于源接入网设备和目标接入网设备之间交互的相互的网络切片的信息。例如，源接入网设备通知了目标接入网设备，源接入网设备服务的小区为目标接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片的标识；目标接入网设备通知了源接入网设备，目标接入网设备服务的小区为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片的标识。
下面，结合图4以源接入网设备支持NPN小区，目标接入网设备支持PLMN小区为例，说明源接入网设备和目标接入网设备之间交互网络切片的信息的流程。
图4是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备之间交互网络切片的信息的示意性流程图。该流程图中包括源接入网设备和目标接入网设备。
应理解，目标接入网设备不支持源接入网设备服务会话的网络切片时，可以告知源接入网设备目标接入网设备服务的小区中用于服务源接入网设备服务会话的网络切片；同理，源接入网设备不支持目标接入网设备服务会话的网络切片时，可以告知目标接入网设 备源接入网设备服务的小区中用于服务目标接入网设备服务会话的网络切片。
该交互网络切片的信息的方法包括以下步骤：
S410，源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送接口建立请求消息。
具体地，该接口建立请求消息中包括第一配置信息。
可选地，该接口建立请求消息可以为Xn接口建立请求消息。
作为一种可能的实现方式，当源接入网设备服务的小区中采用一个网络切片服务PLMN业务，该第一配置信息中包含该网络切片对应的S-NSSAI。
可选地，该第一配置信息中还包括目标接入网设备支持的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，当源接入网设备服务的小区中采用多个网络切片服务PLMN业务时，该第一配置信息中包含该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI以及该多个S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中服务PLMN业务的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系。
举例来说，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#1可以用于建立第二接入网设备的S-NSSAI#A和S-NSSAI#B对应的会话，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#2可以用于建立第二接入网设备的S-NSSAI#C和S-NSSAI#D对应的会话，即上述映射关系包括S-NSSAI#1对应于S-NSSAI#A和S-NSSAI#B、S-NSSAI#2对应于S-NSSAI#C和S-NSSAI#D。其中，第一接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备。或者，第一接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一小区为源接入网设备服务的PLMN小区，第二小区为目标接入网设备服务的NPN小区，当第一小区采用一个网络切片服务NPN业务的时候，该第一配置信息中只包含该网络切片对应的S-NSSAI和/或服务的CAG的CAG ID。或者，当第一小区采用多个网络切片服务NPN业务时，该第一配置信息中包含该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI以及该多个网络切片服务的多个CAG的对应的多个CAG ID之间的映射关系。
举例来说，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#1可以用于建立第二接入网设备的CAG ID#A和CAG ID#B对应的会话，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#2可以用于建立第二接入网设备的CAG ID#C和CAG ID#D对应的会话，即上述映射关系包括S-NSSAI#1对应于CAG ID#A和CAG ID#B、S-NSSAI#2对应于CAG ID#C和CAG ID#D。其中，第一接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备。或者，第一接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备。S420，目标接入网设备向源接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息。
具体地，该接口建立响应消息包括第二配置信息。
作为一种可能的实现方式，当目标接入网设备服务的小区中采用一个网络切片服务NPN业务，或者，源接入网设备不支持目标接入网设备服务的会话对应的S-NSSAI时，该第二配置信息中包含该网络切片对应的S-NSSAI。
可选地，该第二配置信息中还包括源接入网设备支持的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，当目标接入网设备服务的小区中采用多个网络切片服务NPN业务时，该第二配置信息中包含该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI以及该多个S-NSSAI与源接入网设备中服务NPN业务的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系。
举例来说，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#1可以用于建立第二接入网设备的S-NSSAI#A和S-NSSAI#B对应的会话，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#2可以用于建立第二接入网设备的S-NSSAI#C和S-NSSAI#D对应的会话，即上述映射关系包括S-NSSAI#1对应于S-NSSAI#A和S-NSSAI#B、S-NSSAI#2对应于S-NSSAI#C和S-NSSAI#D。其中，第一接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备；或者，第一接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一小区为源接入网设备服务的PLMN小区，第二小区为目标接入网设备服务的NPN小区，当第二小区采用一个网络切片服务NPN业务的时候，该第二配置信息中只包含该网络切片对应的S-NSSAI和/或服务的CAG的CAG ID；或者，当第二小区采用多个网络切片服务NPN业务时，该第二配置信息中包含该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI以及该多个网络切片服务的多个CAG的对应的多个CAG ID之间的映射关系。
举例来说，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#1可以用于建立目标接入网设备的CAG ID#A和CAG ID#B对应的会话，第一接入网设备的S-NSSAI#2可以用于建立目标接入网设备的CAG ID#C和CAG ID#D对应的会话，即上述映射关系包括S-NSSAI#1对应于CAG ID#A和CAG ID#B、S-NSSAI#2对应于CAG ID#C和CAG ID#D。其中，第一接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备；或者，第一接入网设备可以为上述的目标接入网设备，第二接入网设备可以为上述的源接入网设备。
应理解，图4是涉及到支持NPN的网络设备和支持PLMN的网络设备之间交互网络切片的信息，使得终端设备发生NPN小区和PLMN小区之间切换时，支持NPN的网络设备能够确定哪个支持PLMN的网络设备可以作为目标接入网设备，或者，支持PLMN的网络设备能够确定哪个支持NPN的网络设备可以作为目标接入网设备。但是，本申请中并不限定交互网络切片的信息只能发生在支持NPN的网络设备和支持PLMN的网络设备之间，两个支持NPN的网络设备之间也可以交互网络切片的信息，两个支持PLMN的网络设备之间也可以交互网络切片的信息或者CAG标识与网络切片之间的映射信息。
例如，两个支持NPN的网络设备之间进行网络切片的信息交互时，可以在上述的接口建立请求消息和接口建立响应消息包括自身服务PLMN业务的网络切片的信息，具体交互流程与图4类似，这里不再赘述。
应理解，图4以目标接入网设备和源接入网设备之间交互自身服务业务的网络切片的信息为例，说明了不同的接入网设备之间可以交互自身的网络切片的信息，但是本申请中并不限定这种网络切片的信息的交互只能发生在两个不同的接入网设备之间，还可能发生在核心网设备和不同的接入网设备之间，例如，目标接入网设备和源接入网设备分别向核心网设备发送自身的网络切片的信息，则核心网设备能够确定上述的目标接入网设备；还例如，目标接入网设备和源接入网设备分别向核心网设备发送自身的网络切片的信息，核心网设备将目标接入网设备的网络切片的信息转发给源接入网设备、将源接入网设备的网络切片的信息转发给目标接入网设备。其中，目标接入网设备和源接入网设备分别向核心网设备发送自身的网络切片的信息可以通过已有的信令也可以通过新增的信令，这里不再 赘述。
还应理解，本申请实施例中网络切片选择设备能够获知上述的映射关系，可以是核心网设备获知了上述的映射关系之后发送给网络切片选择设备的，或者，还可以是网络切片选择设备基于运营商策略确定的，本申请对此并不限制。
下面结合图5和图6详细说明核心网设备如何获知上述的目标接入网设备采用所述第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务所述源接入网设备中的所有会话，或者，上述的映射关系。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI或映射关系的方法的示意性流程图。包括管理设备、目标接入网设备以及核心网设备。
本申请中所涉及的管理设备可以是操作管理维护(operation administration and maintenance，OAM)设备，或者其他能够实现OAM设备的功能的装置。
该核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI或映射关系的方法包括以下步骤：
S510，管理设备确定配置信息。
可能一：对应于S320的可能一中的情况一，管理设备基于运营商的策略确定目标接入网设备服务的小区中为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片有多个，该多个网络切片对应多个S-NSSAI。在此情况下，管理设备在确定该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI之后，还需要确定该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI中，每个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片分别用于服务源接入网设备服务的小区中的哪个会话，即确定源接入网设备服务的小区中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该多个S-NSSAI之间的映射关系，或者，确定源接入网设备服务的小区中支持的CAG ID与该多个S-NSSAI之间的映射关系。
可能二：对应于S320的可能一中的情况二，管理设备基于运营商的策略确定目标接入网设备服务的小区中为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，则该网络切片的S-NSSAI为预设的S-NSSAI，该预设的S-NSSAI为上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，管理设备基于运营商的策略确定目标接入网设备服务的小区中为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，该网络切片对应的CAG ID。
S520，管理设备向目标接入网设备发送配置信息。
对应于S510中的可能一，配置信息中包括上述的多个S-NSSAI以及多个S-NSSAI与源接入网设备服务的小区中的S-NSSAI映射关系，或者，配置信息中包括上述的多个S-NSSAI以及多个S-NSSAI与源接入网设备服务的小区中支持的CAG ID之间的映射关系，用于指示目标接入网设备服务的小区中采用多个S-NSSAI对应的多个网络切片服务源接入网设备服务的小区中所有的会话。
例如，上述源接入网设备为支持NPN的网络设备，目标接入网设备为支持PLMN的网络设备，则当PLMN中的网络设备采用多个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务NPN中所有的会话。也就是说针对NPN中为某一个会话提供服务的网络切片对应的S-NSSAI来说，在PLMN中可以采用一个或者多个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为该会话提供服务。
对应于S510中的可能二，配置信息中包括上述第一S-NSSAI，用于指示目标接入网设备服务的小区中采用一个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务源接入网设备中所有的会话，或者配置信息中包括上述一个网络切片服务的CAG的CAG ID。
例如，上述源接入网设备为NPN中的网络设备，目标接入网设备为PLMN中的网络 设备，则当PLMN中的网络设备采用S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务NPN中所有的会话。该S-NSSAI为上述的第一S-NSSAI。
应理解，图5中只是以一个目标接入网设备为例进行说明，对本申请的保护范围并不限定。例如，上述管理设备可以针对多个目标接入网设备进行上述配置，每个目标接入网设备的配置与S510中描述的类似，这里不再赘述。
目标接入网设备接收到上述的配置信息之后，可以向核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，即图5所示的方法流程还包括S530，目标接入网设备向核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，针对上述配置信息不同的可能情况，该接口建立请求消息中包括上述第一S-NSSAI；或者，该接口建立请求消息中包括上述多个S-NSSAI和映射关系。
应理解，本申请实施例中涉及的接口建立请求消息可以为NG接口建立请求消息。
核心网设备接收到接口建立请求消息之后，可以确定注册区域，从而可以实现核心网设备针对某个会话，确定在一个注册区域里面的所有小区都可以支持该会话对应的网络切片。即图5所示的方法流程还包括S540，核心网设备确定注册区域。具体地，核心网设备根据接收到的接口建立请求消息包括的第二S-NSSAI，或者，接口建立请求消息包括的S-NSSAI集合和预设映射关系确定注册区域，该核心网设备确定针对某个会话，在一个注册区域中的所有小区都可以支持这个会话对应的网络切片。
例如，核心网设备根据PLMN小区中是否包括一个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片，为NPN小区中的一个或多个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务的会话提供服务，来确定是否可以将该NPN小区和PLMN小区同时包括在一个用户设备的注册区域内。
核心网设备接收到上述的NG接口建立请求消息之后，可以向目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息。即图5所示的方法流程还包括S550，核心网设备向目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息。
应理解，本申请实施例中涉及的接口建立响应消息可以为NG接口建立响应消息。
图5介绍的是，管理设备确定目标接入网设备中为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片对应的第一S-NSSAI。或者，管理设备确定目标接入网设备中为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI和上述的映射关系。
另一种可能的方案是：核心网设备确定目标接入网设备中为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片对应的第一S-NSSAI。
或者，核心网设备确定目标接入网设备中为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI和上述的映射关系。并且核心网设备通知目标接入网设备自身确定得到的信息。下面结合图6介绍该方案。
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI或映射关系的方法的示意性流程图。包括目标接入网设备和核心网设备。
该核心网设备获知第一S-NSSAI或映射关系的方法包括以下步骤：
S610，核心网设备接收目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息。
可选地，该接口建立请求消息为现有协议中规定的NG接口建立请求消息。
S620，核心网设备确定第一S-NSSAI，或者，确定多个S-NSSAI和映射关系。
可能一：对应于S320的可能一中的情况一，核心网设备基于运营商的策略确定目标 接入网设备服务的小区中为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片有多个，该多个网络切片对应多个S-NSSAI。在此情况下核心网设备在确定该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI之后，还需要确定该多个网络切片对应的多个S-NSSAI中，每个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片分别用于服务源接入网设备中的哪个会话，即确定源接入网设备服务的小区中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与该多个S-NSSAI之间的映射关系，或者，确定源接入网设备服务的小区中支持的CAG ID与该多个S-NSSAI之间的映射关系。
可能二：对应于S320的可能一中的情况二，核心网设备基于运营商的策略确定目标接入网设备服务的小区中为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，则该网络切片的S-NSSAI为预设的S-NSSAI，该预设的S-NSSAI为上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，管理设备基于运营商的策略确定目标接入网设备服务的小区中为源接入网设备服务的小区中的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，该网络切片对应的CAG ID。
S630，核心网设备向目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息。
对应于S620中的可能一，接口建立响应消息中包括上述的多个S-NSSAI以及多个S-NSSAI与源接入网设备服务的小区中的S-NSSAI之间的映射关系，或者，接口建立响应消息中包括上述的多个S-NSSAI以及多个S-NSSAI与源接入网设备服务的小区中支持的CAG ID之间的映射关系，用于指示目标接入网设备服务的小区中采用多个S-NSSAI对应的多个网络切片服务源接入网设备服务的小区中所有的会话。
例如，上述源接入网设备为支持NPN的网络设备，目标接入网设备为支持PLMN的网络设备，则当PLMN中的网络设备采用多个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务NPN中所有的会话。也就是说针对NPN中为某一个会话提供服务的网络切片对应的S-NSSAI来说，在PLMN中可以采用一个或者多个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为该会话提供服务。
对应于S620中的可能二，接口建立响应消息中包括上述第一S-NSSAI，用于指示目标接入网设备服务的小区中采用一个S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务源接入网设备中所有的会话，或者接口建立响应消息中包括上述一个网络切片服务的CAG的CAG ID。
例如，上述源接入网设备为NPN中的网络设备，目标接入网设备为PLMN中的网络设备，则当PLMN中的网络设备采用S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务NPN中所有的会话。该S-NSSAI为上述的第一S-NSSAI。
应理解，图6中只是以一个目标接入网设备为例进行说明，对本申请的保护范围并不限定。例如，上述核心网设备可以针对多个目标接入网设备进行上述配置，每个目标接入网设备的配置与S620中描述的类似，这里不再赘述。
图5和图6所示的为核心网设备获知了上述的第一S-NSSAI，或者，上述的多个S-NSSAI以及映射关系。
图3所示的方法流程是核心网设备向目标接入网设备发送第一S-NSSAI，使得目标接入网设备基于接收到的第一S-NSSAI，确定第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为上述会话提供服务，本申请还提供一种切换的方法，目标接入网设备自身能够确定第一S-NSSAI，无需从核心网设备处接收，下面结合图7详细介绍该切换方法。
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种切换的方法的示意性流程图。该流程图中包括源接入网设备、目标接入网设备和核心网设备。其中，源接入网设备为终端设备发生小区切换之前连接的接入网设备，可以称之为源接入网设备、目标接入网设备为终端设备发生小区 切换之后需要连接的接入网设备，可以称之为目标网络设备。
该切换的方法包括以下步骤：
S710，源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息。
所述切换请求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二S-NSSAI为源接入网设备中为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
可选地，源接入网设备基于源接入网设备和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为终端设备当前会话提供服务对应的网络切片以及映射关系确定目标接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，则所述切换请求消息中还可以包括该第一S-NSSAI，举例来说，目标接入网设备的网络切片的映射关系为：S-NSSAI#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#A；S-NSSAI#2对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，若在源网络设备中为终端设备提供服务的PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，则源网络设备确定在目标网络设备服务的小区中PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#2；
在另一种可能的方式中，源接入网设备基于CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为终端设备提供服务的当前CAG ID以及映射关系确定目标接入网设备中为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，则所述切换请求消息中还包括该第一S-NSSAI，举例来说，CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系：CAG ID#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#A；CAG ID#2对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，若在源网络设备中为终端设备提供服务的PDU会话#1对应的CAG ID为S-CAG ID#1(即该会话属于CAG ID#1)，则源网络设备确定在目标网络设备服务的小区中PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#1；
在另一种可能的方式中，源接入网设备基于CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系，并根据为目标接入网设备的CAG ID为上述会话提供服务的网络切片的第一S-NSSAI，则所述切换请求消息中还包括该第一S-NSSAI，举例来说，CAG ID和目标接入网设备支持的网络切片之间的映射关系：CAG ID#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#A；CAG ID#2对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#B，若在源网络设备确定将终端的PDU会话#1切换到目标网络设备中的CAG ID#2(例如切换的目标小区为CAG ID#2)，则源网络设备确定在目标网络设备服务的小区中PDU会话#1对应的网络切片为S-NSSAI#2。
应理解，与图3中所示的会话类似，终端设备在发生从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的情况下，终端设备可能进行多个会话，该多个会话均需要从由源接入网设备提供服务切换至由目标接入网设备提供服务，本申请是为了便于描述以终端设备中的需要切换的某一个会话为例进行说明，终端设备其他进行的会话在发生上述的切换的时候，与上述的第一会话处理过程类似，本申请中不再赘述。
还应理解，在源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息之前，图7所述的方法流程还包括S701，源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备。具体地，源接入网设备基于映射信息确定出目标接入网设备，在确定了目标接入网设备之后，源接入网设备能够向目标接入网设备发送上述的切换请求消息。
具体地，源接入网设备能够确定出目标接入网设备可以是基于源接入网设备和目标接入网设备之间交互的相互的网络切片的信息。其中，源接入网设备与目标接入网设备之间 交互网络切片的信息的流程参见上述图4，这里不再赘述。
可选地，上述会话为PDU session，相应地，上述会话的标识可以是PDU session ID。
一种可能的实现方式，在终端设备从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备之前，终端设备是从目标接入网设备切换至源接入网设备的，并且目标接入网设备中为终端设备进行的第一会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第三S-NSSAI，则该切换请求消息中还包括有该第三S-NSSAI。
应理解，当切换请求消息包括有该第三S-NSSAI的情况下，目标接入网设备可以采用该第三S-NSSAI对应的网络切片为第一会话提供服务。
另一种可能的实现方式，切换请求消息还包括上述的第二S-NSSAI。
进一步地，在目标接入网设备接收到源接入网设备发送的切换请求消息之后，目标接入网设备能够基于切换请求消息包括的信息确定第一S-NSSAI，第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为上述会话提供服务，即图7所示的方法流程还包括S720，目标接入网设备确定第一S-NSSAI。或者，当上述切换请求消息包括有第一S-NSSAI的情况下，目标接入网设备无需执行S720。
具体地，所述目标接入网设备基于所述第二S-NSSAI确定所述第一S-NSSAI，本申请实施例中，目标接入网设备获知上述的第二S-NSSAI包括以下两种可能的实现方式：
一种可能的实现方式，目标接入网设备基于切换请求消息包括的会话的标识确定出第二S-NSSAI；另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向核心网设备发送的切换请求消息包括该第二S-NSSAI。
具体地，核心网设备基于该切换需求消息包括的信息确定第一S-NSSAI包括两种可能的情况：
情况一：
目标接入网设备基于第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定第一S-NSSAI，映射关系为源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；或者，映射关系为源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与目标接入网设备服务的CAG的CAG ID之间的映射关系，则目标接入网设备基于第二S-NSSAI对应的CAG ID确定第一S-NSSAI。
情况二：
目标接入网设备已知该目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片只有一个，该网络切片的S-NSSAI为上述的第一S-NSSAI，则核心网设备确定第一S-NSSAI；或者，目标接入网设备已知该目标接入网设备中为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的一个网络切片服务的CAG的CAG ID，则目标接入网设备基于该CAG ID确定第一S-NSSAI。
上述已经结合图5和图6详细说明了目标接入网设备获知目标接入网设备采用上述第一S-NSSAI对应的网络切片服务所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话。
或者，目标接入网设备获知目标接入网设备采用多个S-NSSAI对应的多个网络切片服务所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话和上述的映射关系，这里不再赘述。
一种可能的实现方式，该切换请求消息中还包括切换类型信息，所述切换类型信息用于指示当前发生的网络设备切换是从源接入网设备所属的通信网络到目标接入网设备所属的通信网络的切换。
例如，源接入网设备为支持NPN的网络设备，目标接入网设备为支持PLMN的网络设备，则切换类型信息用于指示该切换是从NPN到PLMN的切换；或者，源接入网设备为支持PLMN的网络设备，目标接入网设备为支持NPN的网络设备，则切换类型信息用于指示该切换是从PLMN到NPN的切换；或者切换类型信息用于指示是PLMN与NPN之间的切换。
具体地，目标接入网设备确定了第一S-NSSAI之后，向源接入网设备发送切换请求响应消息，即图7所示的方法流程还包括S730，目标接入网设备向源接入网设备发送切换请求响应消息。其中，切换请求响应消息用于指示目标接入网设备已经做好切换的准备，终端设备可以从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备了。
进一步地，为了通知核心网设备下行路径发生改变，图7所示的方法流程还包括S740，目标接入网设备向核心网设备发送路径转移请求消息，所述路径转移请求消息包括会话标识。
一种可能的实现方式，路径转移请求消息包括有上述第二S-NSSAI。
一种可能的实现方式，路径转移请求消息包括有上述第一S-NSSAI。
一种可能的实现方式，在切换请求消息中还包括有第三S-NSSAI的情况下，路径转移请求消息包括有该第三S-NSSAI。
一种可能的实现方式，在切换请求消息中还包括有切换类型信息的情况下，路径转移请求消息包括有该切换类型信息。
进一步地，图7所示的方法流程还包括S750，核心网设备向所述目标接入网设备发送路径转移(path switch)请求响应消息，所述路径转移请求响应消息用于指示所述核心网设备获知下行传输路径发生改变。
应理解，上述方法实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
上面结合图3-图7详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的切换的方法，下面结合图8-图13详细介绍本申请实施例提供的切换的装置。
参见图8，图8是本申请提出的切换的装置800的示意图。如图8所示，装置800包括接收单元810、发送单元820和处理单元830。
接收单元810，用于接收源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
发送单元820，用于向所述目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，
其中，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务，所述第二S-NSSAI为所述会话的标识对应的所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的 S-NSSAI。
装置800和方法实施例中的核心网设备完全对应，装置800可以是方法实施例中的核心网设备，或者方法实施例中的核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置800的相应单元用于执行图3-图7示的方法实施例中由核心网设备执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置800中的接收单元810执行方法实施例中核心网设备接收的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S310，接收源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息；还执行图6中的步骤S333，接收网络切片选择设备发送的第一S-NSSAI；还执行图6中的步骤S343，接收网络切片选择设备发送的第一S-NSSAI；还执行图6中的步骤S352，接收网络切片选择设备发送的第一S-NSSAI；还执行图6中的步骤S370，接收目标接入网设备发送的切换响应消息；还执行图5中的步骤S530，接收目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息；还执行图6中的步骤S610，接收目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息；还执行图7中的步骤S740，接收目标接入网设备发送的路径转移请求消息；
装置800中的发送单元820执行方法实施例中核心网设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S330，向网络切片选择设备发送会话的标识；执行图3中的步骤S341，向网络切片选择设备发送第二S-NSSAI；执行图3中的步骤S350，向网络切片选择设备发送第二S-NSSAI；执行图3中的步骤S360，向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息；执行图5中的步骤S550，向目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息；执行图6中的步骤S630，向目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息；执行图7中的步骤S750，向目标接入网设备发送路径转移请求响应消息。
装置800中的处理单元830执行方法实施例中核心网设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S320，确定第一S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤S340，确定第二S-NSSAI；还执行图5中的步骤S540，确定第注册区域；还执行图6中的步骤S620，确定第一S-NSSAI，或者，确定多个S-NSSAI和映射关系。
接收单元810和发送单元820可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元830可以是处理器。发送单元820可以是发射器。接收单元810可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
如图9所示，本申请实施例还提供了一种核心网设备900，该核心网设备900包括处理器901，存储器902与收发器903，其中，存储器902中存储指令或程序，处理器903用于执行存储器902中存储的指令或程序。存储器902中存储的指令或程序被执行时，收发器903用于执行图8所示的实施例中的接收单元810与发送单元820执行的操作，处理器901用于执行图8所示的实施例中的处理单元830执行的操作。
参见图10，图10是本申请提出的切换的装置1000的示意图。如图10所示，装置1000包括发送单元1010、接收单元1020以及处理单元1030。
发送单元1010，用于向核心网设备发送切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为所述源接入网设备中为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；
接收单元1020，用于接收所述核心网设备发送的切换命令消息，所述切换命令消息用于指示所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备切换至所述目标接入网设备，所述目标接入网 设备中的为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于所述第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的。
装置1000和方法实施例中的源接入网设备完全对应，装置1000可以是方法实施例中的源接入网设备，或者方法实施例中的源接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1000的相应单元用于执行图3-图7所示的方法实施例中由源接入网设备执行的相应步骤。
装置1000中的发送单元1010执行方法实施例中源接入网设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S310，向核心网设备发送切换需求消息；还执行图4中的步骤S410，向目标接入网设备发送接口建立请求消息；还执行图7中的步骤S410，向目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息。
装置1000中的接收单元1020执行方法实施例中源接入网设备接收的步骤。例如，执行3中的步骤S380，接收核心网设备发送的切换命令消息；还执行图4中的步骤S420，接收目标接入网设备发送的接口建立响应消息；还执行图7中的步骤S730，接收目标接入网设备发送的切换请求响应消息。
装置1000中的处理单元1030执行方法实施例中源接入网设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S301，确定目标接入网设备；还执行图7中的步骤S701，确定目标接入网设备。
发送单元1010和接收单元1020可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1030可以是处理器。发送单元1010可以是发射器。接收单元1020可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
参见图11，图11是适用于本申请实施例的源接入网设备1100的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述切换的方法中的源接入网设备的功能。如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图11所示，该源接入网设备可应用于如图1所示的系统中。
在5G通信系统中，源接入网设备1100可以包括CU、DU和AAU相比于LTE通信系统中的源接入网设备由一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit，RRU)和一个或多个基带单元(base band unit，BBU)来说：
原BBU的非实时部分将分割出来，重新定义为CU，负责处理非实时协议和服务、BBU的部分物理层处理功能与原RRU及无源天线合并为AAU、BBU的剩余功能重新定义为DU，负责处理物理层协议和实时服务。简而言之，CU和DU，以处理内容的实时性进行区分、AAU为RRU和天线的组合。
CU、DU、AAU可以采取分离或合设的方式，所以，会出现多种网络部署形态，一种可能的部署形态如图11所示与传统4G源接入网设备一致，CU与DU共硬件部署。应理解，图11只是一种示例，对本申请的保护范围并不限制，例如，部署形态还可以是DU部署在5G BBU机房，CU集中部署或DU集中部署，CU更高层次集中等。
所述AAU可以实现收发功能称为收发单元1101，与图10中的接收单元1020和发送单元1010对应。可选地，该收发单元1101还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，其可以包括至少一个天线1111和射频单元1112。可选地，收发单元1101可以包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)，发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述AAU部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如，用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的控制信息。 所述CU和DU可以实现内部处理功能称为处理单元1102用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述AAU与CU和DU可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述CU和DU为源接入网设备的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，可以与处理单元1030对应，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等。例如该CU和DU(处理单元1030)1102可以用于控制源接入网设备1100执行上述方法实施例中关于源接入网设备的操作流程，例如，确定承载终端设备的控制信息的符号的长度。
在一个示例中，所述CU和DU可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如，LTE系统，或5G系统)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述CU和DU还包括存储器1121和处理器1122。所述存储器1121用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1121存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器1122用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于源接入网设备的操作流程。所述存储器1121和处理器1122可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
上述CU和DU1102可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由源接入网设备内部实现的动作，而AAU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的源接入网设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述，此处不再赘述。
另外，源接入网设备不限于图11所示的形态，也可以是其它形态：例如：包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit，ARU)，或者包括BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)；也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment，CPE)，还可以为其它形态，本申请不限定。
应理解，图11所示的源接入网设备1100能够实现图3-图7的方法实施例中涉及的源接入网设备功能。源接入网设备1100中的各个单元的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由源接入网设备执行的相应流程。为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。图11示例的源接入网设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态，而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的源接入网设备结构的可能。
参见图12，图12是本申请提出的切换的装置1200的示意图。如图12所示，装置1200包括接收单元1210、发送单元1220以及处理单元1230。
接收单元1210，用于接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，
其中，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务，所述第二S-NSSAI为所述源接入网设备中会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
发送单元1220，用于向所述核心网设备发送切换响应消息，所述切换响应消息用于指示所述终端设备能够切换至目标接入网设备。
装置1200和方法实施例中的目标接入网设备完全对应，装置1200可以是方法实施例中的目标接入网设备，或者方法实施例中的目标接入网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置 1200的相应单元用于执行图3-图7所示的方法实施例中由目标接入网设备执行的相应步骤。
装置1200中的接收单元1210执行方法实施例中目标接入网设备接收的步骤。例如，执行3中的步骤S360，接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息；还执行图4中的步骤S420，接收源接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息；还执行图5中的步骤S520，接收管理设备发送的配置信息；还执行图5中的步骤S550，接收核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息；还执行图6中的步骤S630，接收核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息；还执行图7中的步骤S750，接收核心网设备发送的路径转移请求响应消息。
装置1200中的发送单元1220执行方法实施例中目标接入网设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S370，向核心网设备发送切换响应消息；还执行图4中的步骤S420，向源接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息；还执行图5中的步骤S530，向核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息；还执行图6中的步骤S610，向核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息；还执行图7中的步骤S740，向核心网设备发送路径转移请求消息。
装置1200中的处理单元1230执行方法实施例中目标接入网设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如，执行图7中的步骤S720，确定第一S-NSSAI。
发送单元1220和接收单元1210可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1230可以是处理器。发送单元1220可以是发射器。接收单元1210可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
参见图13，图13是适用于本申请实施例的目标接入网设备1300的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述切换的方法中的目标接入网设备的功能。如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图13所示，该目标接入网设备可应用于如图1所示的系统中。
在5G通信系统中，目标接入网设备1300可以包括CU、DU和AAU相比于LTE通信系统中的目标接入网设备由一个或多个射频单元，如RRU和一个或多个BBU来说：
原BBU的非实时部分将分割出来，重新定义为CU，负责处理非实时协议和服务、BBU的部分物理层处理功能与原RRU及无源天线合并为AAU、BBU的剩余功能重新定义为DU，负责处理物理层协议和实时服务。简而言之，CU和DU，以处理内容的实时性进行区分、AAU为RRU和天线的组合。
所述AAU可以实现收发功能称为收发单元1321，与图12中的接收单元1210和发送单元1220对应。可选地，该收发单元1321还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，其可以包括至少一个天线1313和射频单元1312。可选地，收发单元1321可以包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)，发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述AAU部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如，用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的控制信息。所述CU和DU可以实现内部处理功能称为处理单元1322。所述AAU与CU和DU可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述CU和DU为目标接入网设备的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，可以与处理单元1230对应，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等。例如该CU和DU(处理单元1230)1322可以用于控制目标接入网设备1320执行上述方法实施例中关于目标接入网设备的操作流程，例如，确定承载终端设备的控制信息的符号的长度。
在一个示例中，所述CU和DU可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如，LTE系统，或5G系统)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述CU和DU还包括存储器1321和处理器1322。所述存储器1321用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1321存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器1322用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于目标接入网设备的操作流程。所述存储器1321和处理器1322可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
上述CU和DU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由目标接入网设备内部实现的动作，而AAU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的目标接入网设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述，此处不再赘述。
另外，目标接入网设备不限于图13所示的形态，也可以是其它形态：例如：包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit，ARU)，或者包括BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)；也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment，CPE)，还可以为其它形态，本申请不限定。
应理解，图13所示的目标接入网设备1300能够实现图3-图7的方法实施例中涉及的目标接入网设备功能。目标接入网设备1320中的各个单元的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应流程。为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。图13示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态，而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的网络设备结构的可能。
参见图14，图14是本申请提出的切换的装置1400的示意图。如图14所示，装置1400包括处理单元1410、发送单元1420。
处理单元1410，用于基于预设策略确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从源接入网设备切换至所述目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，
或者，处理单元1410，用于基于预设策略确定映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；
发送单元1420，用于向所述目标接入网设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI，或者，所述配置信息中包括所述映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
装置1400和方法实施例中的管理设备完全对应，装置1400可以是方法实施例中的管理设备，或者方法实施例中的管理设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1400的相应单元用于执行图3-图7示的方法实施例中由管理设备执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置1400中的处理单元1410执行方法实施例中管理设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如，执行图5中的步骤S510，确定第配置信息。
装置1400中的发送单元1420执行方法实施例中管理设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S330，向网络切片选择设备发送会话的标识；执行图5中的步骤S520，向目标接入网设备发送配置信息。
管理设备还可以包括接收单元，用于接收其他设备发送的信息。接收单元和发送单元1420可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1410可以是处理器。发送单元1420可以是发射器。接收单元可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
如图15所示，本申请实施例还提供了一种管理设备1500，该管理设备1500包括处理器1501，存储器1502与收发器1503，其中，存储器1502中存储指令或程序，处理器1503用于执行存储器1502中存储的指令或程序。存储器1502中存储的指令或程序被执行时，收发器1503用于执行图14所示的实施例中的接收单元与发送单元1420执行的操作，处理器1501用于执行图14所示的实施例中的处理单元1410执行的操作。
参见图16，图16是本申请提出的切换的装置1600的示意图。如图16所示，装置1600包括接收单元1610、处理单元1620和发送单元1630。
接收单元1610，用于接收核心网设备发送的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，所述第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
处理单元1620，用于基于所述第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务；
发送单元1630，用于向所述核心网设备发送所述第一S-NSSAI。
装置1600和方法实施例中的网络切片选择设备完全对应，装置1600可以是方法实施例中的网络切片选择设备，或者方法实施例中的网络切片选择设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1600的相应单元用于执行图3-图7示的方法实施例中由网络切片选择设备执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置1600中的接收单元1610执行方法实施例中网络切片选择设备接收的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S330，接收核心网设备发送的会话的标识；还执行图3中的步骤S341，接收核心网设备发送的第二S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤S350，接收核心网设备发送的第二S-NSSAI。
装置1600中的处理单元1620执行方法实施例中网络切片选择设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S310，确定第二S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤332，确定第一S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤342，确定第一S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤351，确定第一S-NSSAI。
装置1600中的发送单元1630执行方法实施例中网络切片选择设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图3中的步骤S333，向核心网设备发送第一S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤S343，向核心网设备发送第一S-NSSAI；还执行图3中的步骤S352，向核心网设备发送第一S-NSSAI。
接收单元1610和发送单元1630可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1620可以是处理器。发送单元1630可以是发射器。接收单元1610可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
如图17所示，本申请实施例还提供了一种网络切片选择设备1700，该网络切片选择设备1700包括处理器1701，存储器1702与收发器1703，其中，存储器1702中存储指令或程序，处理器1703用于执行存储器1702中存储的指令或程序。存储器1702中存储的 指令或程序被执行时，收发器1703用于执行图16所示的实施例中的接收单元1610与发送单元1630执行的操作，处理器1701用于执行图16所示的实施例中的处理单元1620执行的操作。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图17仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的中间节点中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
上述各个装置实施例中切换装置和方法实施例中的切换装置对应，由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤，例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤，除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中，处理器可以为一个或多个。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的切换装置。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图3-图7所示的方法中核心网设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图3-图7所示的方法中源接入网设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图3-图7所示的方法中目标接入网设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图3-图7所示的方法中管理设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图3-图7所示的方法中网络切片选择设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图3-图7所示的方法中核心网设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图3-图7所示的方法中源接入网设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图3-图7所示的方法中目标接入网设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图3-图7所示的方法中管理设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图3-图7所示的方法中网络切片选择设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的切换的方法中由核心网设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器 用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的切换的方法中由源接入网设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的切换的方法中由目标接入网设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的切换的方法中由管理设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的切换的方法中由网络切片选择设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是输入输出接口。
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only  memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。
应注意，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
另外，本申请中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系；本申请中术语“至少一个”，可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”，例如，A、B和C中至少一个，可以表示：单独存在A，单独存在B，单独存在C、同时存在A和B，同时存在A和C，同时存在C和B，同时存在A和B和C，这七种情况。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机 软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (28)

  1. 一种切换的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    核心网设备接收源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
    所述核心网设备向所述目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务，
    其中，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，所述第二S-NSSAI为所述会话的标识对应的所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述切换需求消息还包括目标标识，所述方法还包括：
    所述核心网设备基于所述目标标识确定所述目标接入网设备；
    所述核心网设备基于所述第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定所述第一S-NSSAI，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；
    或者，
    所述核心网设备基于所述第二S-NSSAI确定所述第一S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述核心网设备基于所述第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定所述第一S-NSSA之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述核心网设备接收所述源接入网设备发送的所述切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括所述第二S-NSSAI；
    或者，
    所述核心网设备基于所述会话的标识确定所述第二S-NSSAI。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述核心网设备基于所述会话的标识确定所述第二S-NSSAI；
    所述核心网设备向网络切片选择设备发送所述第二S-NSSAI；
    所述核心网设备接收所述网络切片选择设备发送的所述第一S-NSSAI。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述核心网设备接收所述目标接入网设备发送的接口建立请求消息，所述接口建立请求消息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；
    或者，
    所述接口建立请求消息中包括映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标 接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
  6. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述核心网设备基于预设策略确定所述第一S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；
    或者，
    所述核心网设备基于预设策略确定映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述核心网设备向所述目标接入网设备发送接口建立响应消息，所述接口建立请求消息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI，或者，所述接口建立响应消息中包括所述映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述切换需求消息还包括第三S-NSSAI，所述第三S-NSSAI为在所述会话是从所述目标接入网设备切换至所述源接入网设备的情况下，所述目标接入网设备中为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
  9. 一种切换的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    源接入网设备向核心网设备发送切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为所述源接入网设备中为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；
    所述源接入网设备接收所述核心网设备发送的切换命令消息，所述切换命令消息用于指示所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备切换至所述目标接入网设备，所述目标接入网设备中的为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于所述第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的。
  10. 一种切换的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    目标接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务，
    其中，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，所述第二S-NSSAI为所述源接入网设备中会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
    所述目标接入网设备向所述核心网设备发送切换响应消息，所述切换响应消息用于指示所述终端设备能够切换至目标接入网设备。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，所述配置信息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；
    或者，
    所述目标接入网设备接收管理设备发送的配置信息，所述配置信息中包括映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述目标接入网设备向所述核心网设备发送接口建立请求消息，所述接口建立请求消息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI，或者，所述接口建立请求消息中包括所述映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述目标接入网设备接收所述核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，所述接口建立响应消息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务；
    或者，
    所述目标接入网设备接收所述核心网设备发送的接口建立响应消息，所述接口建立响应消息中包括映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
  14. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    管理设备确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的目标接入网设备中的网络切片为需要从源接入网设备切换至所述目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，
    所述管理设备向所述目标接入网设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述管理设备确定映射关系和所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，其中，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系。
  16. 一种切换的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络切片选择设备接收核心网设备发送的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，所述第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
    所述网络切片选择设备基于所述第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务；
    所述网络切片选择设备向所述核心网设备发送所述第一S-NSSAI。
  17. 一种切换的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收源接入网设备发送的切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
    发送单元，用于向所述目标接入网设备发送切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息包括第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务，
    其中，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，所述第二S-NSSAI为所述会话的标识对应的所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置，其特征在于，所述切换需求消息还包括目标标识，所述装置还包括：
    处理单元，用于基于所述目标标识确定所述目标接入网设备；
    所述处理单元，还用于基于所述第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定所述第一S-NSSAI，所述映射关系为所述源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI与所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI之间的对应关系；
    或者，
    所述处理单元，用于基于所述第二S-NSSAI确定所述第一S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所有需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话提供服务的网络切片。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元基于所述第二S-NSSAI和映射关系确定所述第一S-NSSA之前，所述接收单元，还用于接收所述源接入网设备发送的所述切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括所述第二S-NSSAI；
    或者，
    所述处理单元，用于基于所述会话的标识确定所述第二S-NSSAI。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元，还用于基于所述会话的标识确定所述第二S-NSSAI；
    所述发送单元，用于向网络切片选择设备发送所述第二S-NSSAI；
    所述接收单元，用于接收所述网络切片选择设备发送的所述第一S-NSSAI。
  21. 一种切换的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    发送单元，用于向核心网设备发送切换需求消息，所述切换需求消息包括会话的标识，其中，所述会话为终端设备的需要从源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话，会话的标识对应的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI为所述源接入网设备中为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI；
    接收单元，用于接收所述核心网设备发送的切换命令消息，所述切换命令消息用于指示所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备切换至所述目标接入网设备，所述目标接入网设备中的为所述会话提供服务的网络切片的S-NSSAI为第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于所述第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的。
  22. 一种切换的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收核心网设备发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息包括第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI为基于第二S-NSSAI和所述目标接入网设备所支持的网络切片确定的，所述第二S-NSSAI为所述源接入网设备中会话的标识对应的S-NSSAI，所 述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
    发送单元，用于向所述核心网设备发送切换响应消息，所述切换响应消息用于指示所述终端设备能够切换至目标接入网设备。
  23. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第一单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，其中，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的目标接入网设备中的网络切片为需要从源接入网设备切换至所述目标接入网设备的会话提供服务，
    发送单元，用于向所述目标接入网设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息中包括所述第一S-NSSAI。
  24. 一种切换的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收核心网设备发送的第二单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI，所述第二S-NSSAI为会话的标识对应的源接入网设备中的网络切片的S-NSSAI，所述会话为终端设备的需要从所述源接入网设备切换至目标接入网设备的会话；
    处理单元，用于基于所述第二S-NSSAI确定第一S-NSSAI，所述第一S-NSSAI对应的所述目标接入网设备中的网络切片为所述会话提供服务；
    发送单元，用于向所述核心网设备发送所述第一S-NSSAI。
  25. 一种切换的设备，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述设备执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的切换的方法。
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质，包括计算机程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法。
  27. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括至少一个处理器和接口；
    至少一个所述处理器，用于调用并运行计算机程序，以使所述芯片执行权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法。
  28. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括：
    如权利要求17所述的切换的装置、权利要求21所述的切换的装置和权利要求22所述的切换的装置。
PCT/CN2020/102985 2019-07-25 2020-07-20 切换的方法和装置 WO2021013122A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20845004.9A EP3996417A4 (en) 2019-07-25 2020-07-20 DELIVERY METHOD AND DEVICE
US17/583,752 US20220150783A1 (en) 2019-07-25 2022-01-25 Handover method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910677802.9 2019-07-25
CN201910677802.9A CN112291820B (zh) 2019-07-25 2019-07-25 切换的方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/583,752 Continuation US20220150783A1 (en) 2019-07-25 2022-01-25 Handover method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021013122A1 true WO2021013122A1 (zh) 2021-01-28

Family

ID=74193186

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/102985 WO2021013122A1 (zh) 2019-07-25 2020-07-20 切换的方法和装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20220150783A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3996417A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN112291820B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021013122A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112636826A (zh) * 2021-03-15 2021-04-09 深圳市迅特通信技术股份有限公司 具有oam功能的光模块的测试系统及测试方法

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113498145B (zh) * 2020-04-08 2022-09-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信息传输方法、装置及网络实体
JP7290181B2 (ja) * 2020-07-17 2023-06-13 日本電気株式会社 基地局装置、ａｍｆ、通信装置、及び方法
US20220279621A1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2022-09-01 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Emergency operations slice exchange between entities in mobile networks
CN113473562B (zh) * 2021-06-29 2022-07-22 华为技术有限公司 网络切换方法、系统及相关设备
CN114095984B (zh) * 2021-11-02 2023-08-18 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 会话管理方法、oam和amf
CN116867026A (zh) * 2022-03-26 2023-10-10 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、通信装置和通信系统
CN114710789B (zh) * 2022-06-06 2022-09-16 浪潮通信技术有限公司 网络切片确定方法、装置及电子设备

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106851589A (zh) * 2016-12-30 2017-06-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 无线网络接入方法、装置及系统
CN108924884A (zh) * 2017-04-04 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及通信设备
CN109151924A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及接入网设备、核心网设备
CN110035461A (zh) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、接入网设备和终端设备

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2945485T3 (es) * 2016-11-04 2023-07-03 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Método y terminal de cambio entre redes
WO2018171904A1 (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-09-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Devices and methods for slice-compliant handover control
CN108696910B (zh) * 2017-04-11 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 一种选择目标基站的方法、装置和存储介质
CN111491345B (zh) * 2017-08-11 2021-04-20 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、接入网设备及计算机可读存储介质

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106851589A (zh) * 2016-12-30 2017-06-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 无线网络接入方法、装置及系统
CN108924884A (zh) * 2017-04-04 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及通信设备
CN109151924A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及接入网设备、核心网设备
CN110035461A (zh) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、接入网设备和终端设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3996417A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112636826A (zh) * 2021-03-15 2021-04-09 深圳市迅特通信技术股份有限公司 具有oam功能的光模块的测试系统及测试方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112291820A (zh) 2021-01-29
EP3996417A1 (en) 2022-05-11
CN112291820B (zh) 2022-07-29
EP3996417A4 (en) 2022-08-31
US20220150783A1 (en) 2022-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021013122A1 (zh) 切换的方法和装置
US20230156767A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2019128947A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信设备
WO2020063736A1 (zh) 一种干扰测量方法和装置
WO2022257549A1 (zh) 网络切片方法、设备及存储介质
WO2020224575A1 (zh) 通信方法与装置
WO2020200034A1 (zh) 一种网络接入的方法和装置
WO2020199942A1 (zh) 通信方法、通信装置和系统
US11838815B2 (en) Cell handover method, terminal device, and network device
WO2020164418A1 (zh) 一种测量方法、终端设备及网络设备
WO2024045693A9 (zh) 基于异网漫游的接入方法和装置
WO2020228630A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和通信装置
WO2020221223A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置和系统
US20220007275A1 (en) Method and network device for terminal device positioning with integrated access backhaul
US20220070661A1 (en) Method for determining terminal capability message format, network device and server
WO2021062730A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和装置
WO2020211778A1 (zh) 小区切换方法以及装置
WO2021168647A1 (zh) 提供网络切片的方法和通信装置
US20220225273A1 (en) Paging method and apparatus
WO2022135602A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
EP4152881A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN113746586B (zh) 时钟源管理的方法和装置
US20230021397A1 (en) Time Synchronization Packet Processing Method and Apparatus
WO2021218563A1 (zh) 用于传输数据的方法与装置
WO2020238596A1 (zh) 切换的方法、装置和通信系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20845004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020845004

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220203